Home

User manual

1. 42 ts 225 imal i 2 I j Sj T A D D g 3 B g i S j 2 all g nN Zlo i l EJ 4 g amp eM Ki o a D a 5 eI la y 7 atte gt ee a a al 10 43 a 186 sig At mounting the controller JC 940MC a minimum clearance above below and on the right hand side side where the heat sink is positioned must be maintained a Minimum clearance above 100 mm Minimum clearance below 100 mm Minimum clearance right hand side 50 mm The width of the controller JC 940MC is 77 mm The corresponding module boards PCI slots have a width of 30 mm each In case of option E they widen the dimensions of the controller The width of the controller JC 940MC E01 is 107 mm for example The orientation of the controller JC 940MC is vertical 24 Jetter AG JC 940MC Identifying the controller 3 Identifying the controller Purpose of this chapter Prerequisites Information for hotline requests Contents Jetter AG This chapter is for supporting you in identifying the following information with regard to JC 940MC Determining the hardware revision Re
2. ry JAB EE Number Module Module number Register I O 1 JX3 BN ETH 1 Refer to documentation on JX3 BN ETH 2 JX3 A04 10002zzzz 1000002zz 3 JX3 DIO16 3 ff 10003zzzz 1000003zz 4 JX3 PS1 5 10010zzzz 1000010zz JX3 DIO16 10 Jetter AG 183 9 Programming 9 3 Jetter Ethernet system bus Introduction Minimum requirements Configuring the Jetter Ethernet system bus Controllers and modules produced by Jetter AG offer a host of functions which can be accessed by the user via registers The Jetter Ethernet system bus has been designed for data exchange between controllers bus nodes and communication modules via standard Ethernet The device is operated in a system consisting of various components by Jetter AG In order to ensure proper interaction of these components the operating system used and the programming tool JetSym must have the release numbers listed below Jetter AG advises the use of the JetSym Hardware Manager for configuring the Jetter Ethernet system bus Contents Topic Page Data exchange via Jetter Ethernet system DUS n 185 Hardware Manager eirese decdncys agacecvs deeecavedvecdevssaeenevaduaccevesadecexd pacts 207 Error handling at th
3. EE D S a PCI bus Extended PCI bus Module board Connection between PCI bus and JX2 oT al bus 3 BUSOUT si OUT JX2 3X2 system bus interface bus interface _ eusour __ slot To each PCI slot two JX2 system busses can be connected Jetter AG 49 4 Mounting and installation JX2 system bus Pin assignment JX2 system bus interface Sub D connector Pin assignment The Sub D connector of the submodule JX6 SB l is the interface to the JX2 system bus by Jetter AG The following modules can be connected to the JX2 system bus JX2 I O modules JX2 slave modules Servo amplifiers JetMove 1xx JetMove 2xx and JetMove 6xx IP67 modules LioN S and LUX7 CSL Third party CANopen modules e g valve terminals UO E 1 rR JX6 SB I BUS OUT O BONVO 0090 Signal Description Reference potential Unused ws S 50 Jetter AG JC 940MC Technical specifications Suitable cables Related topics Mounting and installation Type of terminal Sub D connector For connecting modules to the JX2 system bus you can order
4. Slave module number 10 12 27 Module register number 000 999 Example O y Ola sp 2 Olan 3 a Sos e a B al i ol z A mO ni mi J EJ cs oO Oo JC 940MC Refer to documentation on JC 940MC 174 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Register and I O numbers of JX2 and JX3 I O modules on the JX2 system bus I O module numbers of This way you can determine the I O module numbers of JX2 and JX2 and JX3 I 0 JX3 I O modules at the JX2 system bus of the JC 940MC modules a Count the JX2 and JX3 I O modules left to right starting with 2 Leave out the intelligent JX2 slave modules and JetMoves Leave out the power supply module JX2 PS1 Count the JX3 BN CAN modules left to right starting with 33 Register numbers for Register numbers for JX2 and JX3 I O modules connected to the JX2 system JX2 and JX3 I O bus of the JC 940MC consist of the following elements modules p2to s sto sx x Element Description Value range S Module board number 1 3 J Number of the JX6 I O board JX2 system bus Tce 2 located on the module board XX I O module number minus 2 00 30 Module number of the JX3 BN CAN minus 2 31 61 z Module register number 0 9 I O numbers for JX2 and O numbers for JX2 and JX3 I O modules connected to the JX2 system bus JX3 I 0 modules of the JC 940MC c
5. O Rw sem osen OOOO O In normal operating condition the OS LEDs of the controller JC 940MC indicate the following Normal operating condition Application program is running No error Jetter AG 61 4 Mounting and installation States of the OS LEDs ae table below shows the possible states of the OS LEDs RUN ERR and oS oe ee No power supply or failure Application program is not being executed Normal operating condition Special conditions ee Error refer to error register 62 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation LEDs of the controller during boot process Normal boot process If the following requirements are met the controller goes through its normal boot process Mode selector S11 is in RUN position There is a valid OS There is a valid application program During boot process of the controller the OS status LEDs then indicate the following Description Initializing the runtime environment of the application program and real time communication ou Gon eee Motion control start OFF Initializing additional functions Web Modbus TCP etc ore Normal condition the application program is being executed O OFF Jetter AG 63 4 Mounting and installation Status LEDs Ethernet interface Status LEDs Ethernet interface 64 The state LEDs of the Ethernet interface ar
6. At mounting the controller JC 940MC a minimum clearance above below and on the right hand side side where the heat sink is positioned must be maintained a Minimum clearance above 100 mm Minimum clearance below 100 mm Minimum clearance right hand side 50 mm The width of the controller JC 940MC is 77 mm The corresponding module boards PCI slots have a width of 30 mm each In case of option E they widen the dimensions of the controller The width of the controller JC 940MC E01 is 107 mm for example The orientation of the controller JC 940MC is vertical 430 Jetter AG JC 940MC Appendix Operating parameters Environment and mechanics Environment Mechanical parameters Jetter AG Operating temperature range 5 55 C a Storage temperature range 40 70 C DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 60068 2 1 DIN EN 60068 2 2 Air humidity 10 95 DIN EN 61131 2 Non condensing Pollution degree Pollution degree DIN EN DINEN 61131 2 Corrosion No special protection against corrosion CECLEN air chemical resistance must be free from higher concentrations of acids alkaline solutions corrosive agents salts metal vapors or other corrosive or electroconductive contaminants Maximum operating altitude 3 000 m above sea level DIN EN 61131 2 Free falls withstanding test For weight lt 10 kg DIN EN 61131 2 Height of fall DIN EN 60068 2 31 units within pac
7. Signal i Signal Absolute encoder 5 V differential incremental encoder ee ee Os o ee eke ee Oso ooo oe Ood O e oeo e o e O o 8 Umeed O Urassgmed O Coe 8 mesed Unassigned O e a0 ODCSVIGOmA Unassigned Urasgred On O memp merapi erent Cae Unessones Unassigned Urasogred Jetter AG JC 940MC Technical specifications Mounting and installation Signal Signal Incremental encoder Incremental encoder Absolute encoder 5 V differential SSI incremental encoder Analog output Analog output Analog output Relay contact 1 Relay contact 1 Relay contact 1 Relay contact 2 Relay contact 2 Relay contact 2 Electrical isolation Jetter AG 57 4 Mounting and installation Pinout of the JX6 IO016CB Description of the JX6 I016CB Sub D connector Pinout 58 The Sub D connector of the I O module JX6 IO16CB is the interface to digital inputs and outputs 1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O A SOOONDDD00000 o Pie Stat eserton ome ie oc any Ponersipavortnecupus ome SS sows SCS ee ee ee owes O ower ower o ee 15 GND_E Reference potential of the inputs DC 24 V Power supply of the outputs Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Pie Strat pe
8. 179 Register and I O numbers of JX3 modules connected to a JX3 BN ETH ceeeeeeeeeees 181 JX3 module register and I O numbers from the JX3 BN ETH VieW sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeees 183 Jetter Ethernet system DUS icicicccccctecsccetecvcdeccesancceetusderectsneceeetusdieecuesdcereduscuvendsncecsersadecetesaier 184 Data exchange via Jetter Ethernet system DUS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeensseneeenees 185 Data OxChanQe sio sual deat vice cats stad Geayeite ade sdedea velit ec a E een uhadeanveble catty S 186 Redis ter ACCESS id ccs stditecn tse dea vse laa sled a aa a edn elv aaa aeeta aie 190 PUDIISM SUDSGFID Gs nrasane E E E E T A vee 192 INGTCO PY ects stetens a E E E R eeat aie 193 NetBitSetReg and NetBitClearReg 0 ecccceeeecceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeteeeaeeeteeaeeeeenaeees 196 Indirect addressing of remote MOUIES 0 ececeeceeeeeeeeeee eect eeeeee ee tae test tants ee tees eetieeeeesneeeeeeaa 198 Indirect addressing with variable destination WINdOW ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeteeeeetnaeeeeeeee 203 Hardware Manager wicccc ccccisecccccsseectccsseetecesseectecteestecenseccoccrneettesneeeciecteenciecrauccoeerneetteeneentiecreccen 207 ardware Manage r essitccc ssuatcacvsicdccnd shed ceayghdtccen shad A E 208 Configuring the NardWwarre cceccceeeceeeeeeeneeeeseeneeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseenaeeeseeneeeeseaes 209 Publish sub
9. OO GNN 000 GNN 001 EOF mia PC ee en a Jee 4 GNN 002 Jetter AG 191 9 Programming Publish subscribe Introduction Publish subscribe has been developed for automatic data exchange in the JX3 system Enter the process data which the local controller is to exchange automatically with remote network nodes in the Hardware Manager Features of If you add modules and make them known to the Hardware Manager it will publish subscribe automatically generate the process data belonging to these modules as publish subscribe variables Features of publish subscribe Number of network 200 network nodes max nodes They are entered into the Hardware Manager by their name and as GNN Number of process 64 process variables max variables per network This corresponds to an 256 byte of node process data Cycle time Default 2
10. Introduction This chapter describes the AutoCopy function which allows to copy data within the controller and or between controller the connected expansion modules and a controller within the network To this end you can create a command file which is then stored along with the data to a USB flash drive for example This command file is automatically processed by the controller during the boot process Functions The AutoCopy function executes the following functions Storing registers and flags to a file Restoring registers and flags from a file Creating directories Deleting directories Copying files Deleting files Areas of application There are the following application scopes for the AutoCopy function Where remote control is not possible Where there is no PC on site If the operator is not able or should not be allowed to make modifications to the plant The following actions can be taken using the AutoCopy function Modification to the application program Modification to the application data Modification to the controller configuration Operating system update controller and modules on the system bus Duplication of a control system Prerequisites For automatic copying of controller data the following prerequisites must be fulfilled The programmer is familiar with the file system In the configuration file config ini of the controller the path and file name of the command fi
11. 3 125A a Number Description Hardware revision 2 Serial number Le Controller name I ae Item number Jetter AG 27 3 Identifying the controller 3 2 Electronic Data Sheet EDS Introduction Contents 28 Each JC 940MC features an Electronic Data Sheet EDS Numerous production relevant data are permanently stored in the EDS The EDS data can be read out via files in the file system of the JC 940MC or via special registers Topic Page EDS File dS ini ciiin nda dic i a aaa 29 EDS registers aain n ARAA 32 Jetter AG JC 940MC EDS File eds ini Introduction Properties Path to EDS files File structure Example Controller Identifying the controller EDS data can be read via the file eds ini You can access this file through the file system of the controller Foran FTP connection the user needs administrator rights e g user admin or system rights e g user system The EDS file of the controller is located in the directory System This file allows only read access Formatting the flash disk does not influence the file The illustration below shows an example of the directory System containing the EDS files of the controller P System P os PCI Slotl J SB Modulel di JX2 Slave02 P os J JX3 Module02 J Os B eds ini J JX3 Module33 P os J SB Module2 J JX3 Module02 J JX3 Module33 J os at eds ini P os at
12. Excel file for designing the JX2 system bus SysBus_Configuration_xxx_e xls xxx Version JX6 SB User information System bus topology Engineering a JX3 The following document and the following software tool support you when station on the JX3 engineering a JX3 station at the JX3 system bus JX3 BN ETH system bus Product descriptions of JX3 modules System bus configurator User manual on the bus node JX3 BN ETH Engineering a JX3 station Excel file for designing the JX3 system bus SysBus_Configuration_xxx_e xls xxx Version 22 Jetter AG JC 940MC Installation Programming Product description and design The following documents support you at installing the controller Installation manual It is included in the boxed controller JC 940MC and contains information on Manual on the controller JC 3xx The document at hand The Atala E S E A PS SO leu E Gace documents and files support you at programming the controller Manual on the controller JC 3xx The document at hand o JX6 SB User information Configuring the JX2 system bus Module numbering system Diagnostics of modules on the JX2 system bus JetSym Programming tool Jetter AG 23 2 Product description and design Physical dimensions Physical dimensions Minimum clearances Module width Mounting orientation
13. 410 Jetter AG JC 940MC Application program The application program is stored to the USB flash drive Introduction Prerequisites Storing the application program to the USB flash drive The file app start ini Jetter AG When uploading the application program from JetSym to the controller the default storage for application programs is used If you want the device to read the application program from the USB flash drive you have to configure the file path If you want to store the application program to another directory of the internal flash disk proceed the same way Since the controller s file system is case sensitive make sure that path and file names as well as file entries are spelled correctly If you want to store the application program to the USB flash drive configure the device as follows Step Action 1 Create an application program file by JetSym 2 Create the desired directory on the USB flash drive 3 Store the application program file to the desired directory 4 Enter the path to the application program file and the program name into the file app start ini on the internal flash disk of the device Result On re boot the device uploads the application program from the USB flash drive This file is a text file with one section holding two entries Element Description Startup Section name Project Path leading to the application program file Program Name of the applicati
14. End Struct End Type Const Gray to bin conversion 2 MHz filter SSI _ CONTROL 0x4800 Delay 800 us SSI_TIMER_1MS 3199 End Const Var DigitallIo DIG 1808 At VL 201100100 Encoder JX6 SV1 At SVL 201200100 SSIdataMask gt TInt SSIsignBit Int SSIsignExt Int SSItimerValue 2 Int Position s Inty OutputTime z Int End Var Function SetUpSSI DataLen Clock_kHz Int Int Var iy J Int End Var Configuration as an SSI encoder Encoder Config 32 i s Oxffffffff j 32 DataLen i gt gt j Jetter AG 303 9 Programming SSIdataMask i SSIsignExt SSIdataMask Wxor Oxffffffff SSIsignBit DataLen 1 Data length of the SSI encoder in bits i DataLen 2 1 i lt lt 10 Frequency of the SSI pulse signal j 4000 Clock kHz 1 Encoder CntBitClock i Wor j Encoder CntControl SSI CONTROL SSItimerValue SSI_TIMER_1MS Start the timer Encoder Timer SSItimerValue End Function Task Main Autorun Var OutMask Byte End Var 24 bit data length 500 kHz SetUpSSI 24 500 Acknowledge the error state of the digital outputs DigitalIO OutStatus 0 TaskAllEnableCycle Loop If BitSet DigitalIO Inputs 7 Then OutputTime T 200ms Else OutputTime T 100ms End If OutMask 1 While OutMask Do DigitallIO Outputs OutMask Delay OutputTime OutMa
15. Enter an IP address mask A hardware scan applies to the whole IP subnet Therefore you have to enter at least the first three elements of the IP address In this example the IP address of the controller JC 9xx is 192 168 10 170 To detect the control systems and all bus nodes enter 192 168 10 Scan Hardware IP address mask 192 168 10 Apply Scanned Hardware Current Hardware 6 Click the button Scan Jetter AG 111 5 Initial commissioning 7 In the window Scanned Hardware click the name of the controller In this example it is JC 940MC The Hardware Manager has the tree of the controller JC 940MC displayed in the bottom window Drag the entire tree of the JX3 BN ETH into the lower window by Drag and Drop The Hardware Manager scans the Jetter Ethernet system bus and compares the scanned hardware with the really set hardware Scan Hardware Rad IP address mask 192 168 10 y Scanning completed Scanned Hardware Current Hardware a 192 168 10 15 5 JC 340MC S F JX3 BN ETH pit CPU PPT UX3 Al4 PPI JX2 Bus Carrier a 192 168 10 170 JC 940MC prt CPU PP JX2 Bus Carrier 112 Jetter AG JC 940MC La S The Hardware Manager has the tree of the controller JX3 BN ETH displayed in the bottom window Scan Hardware IP address mask 192 168 10 Scanning completed Scanned Hardware Current Hardware Initial commissioning a
16. Ft fen The JX2 system bus is initialized xt The controller cyclically reads the input states of all modules connected to the JX2 system bus After each reading the LED changes its state Jetter AG 65 4 Mounting and installation Normal operating In normal operating condition the LEDs of the submodule JX6 SB l have got condition the following states Normal operating condition The JX2 system bus has been initialized in the master slave operating mode There is no error The controller cyclically reads the input states of all modules connected to the JX2 system bus 66 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation 4 5 Control elements Control elements of JC 940MC Contents Jetter AG The JC 940MC controller features the following control elements Pushbutton S10 for triggering a reset Mode selector S11 with the following positions RUN STOP and LOAD Topic Page PUSHBUTONES 100 sis ceca cctdcessvnd dcadavecteduciindsedstcdad fuenedvedavadesiuestedasdacottacsensedeucess 68 Mode selector SIT orainen aen ee ai ace anote dense 69 67 4 Mounting and installation Pushbutton S10 Pushbutton S10 Function of the By pressing this pushbutton a reset of the controller is triggered pushbutton Attenti
17. KkK K Jetter AG 227 9 Programming Software versions JetSym STX program 228 Date of Generation 04 04 2013 10 03 47 JetSym Version 50 2 2920 Copyright c 2013 Jetter AG 4i ifndef _ AUTO PUBSUBVARIABLES STXP define _ AUTO PUBSUBVARIABLES_ STXP var BN 001 JX3 DIO16 02 Outputs int at vl 1001020003 end var endif __AUTO_PUBSUBVARIABLES STXP The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 Bus node JX3 BN ETH of OS version 1 18 Module JX3 Al4 of OS version 1 04 For more up to date sample programs please refer to the JetSym online help Task Use PubSub Autorun All digital outputs of the peripheral module JxX3 DIO16 are flashing Loop BN 001 JX3 DIO16 02 Outputs Delay T 100ms BN 001 JX3 DIO16 02 Outputs 0x00 Delay T 500ms End_ Loop End_Task OxFF Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Publish subscribe Registers Introduction If you transmit cyclic data by publish subscribe there are several module registers available for administration configuration and error detection You have got read and partial write access to these module registers Register overview Module registers Description 210004 200008 General error registers 200009 250000 250004 Registers for administration of all
18. Publication name Besides the ID aname is assigned to each publication The default name of a publication consists of the following elements Name Pub lt From To gt lt bus node name gt From for publication of input data from the bus node To for publication of output data to the bus node Subscription name Besides the ID a name is assigned to each subscription The default name of a subscription consists of the following elements Name Sub lt From To gt lt bus node name gt From for subscription to input data from the bus node by the controller To for subscription to output data by the bus node Jetter AG 217 9 Programming Controller Bus node Publish Subscribe PubToBn_001 SubToBn_001 Subscribe Publish SubFromBn_001 PubFromBn_001 Configuring the If you click in Hardware Manager local controller on the publication controller PubToBN_001 the configuration for publishing opens Configuration Advanced Publisher Variables Name PubT oBN_001 ID 10001001 Properties Cycle Time 2 ms Active PubToBN_001 X This dialog shows the configuration for the publication PubTOBN_001 of a controller This configuration applies to output data process data to be sent to the bus node such as the state of an output of a peripheral module that is connected to the bus node 218 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming If you click in Hardwa
19. Task state Bit 7 1 Subscriber is running 210199 Please use the STX function TaskGetInfo as described in the JetSym online help 250001 Peele 210400 Task Program address We STOPP 210499 110 Acknowledge error 250002 Subscription ID of the last error A 250003 Number of subscriptions 210600 Task ID of a cyclical task for R210601 inn fi 210601 Processing time of a cyclical task in per mil figure 230004 ORC otconhguration fiie 210609 Task lock timeout in ms 1 Monitoring disabled 250010 Selection via command 210610 Timeout bit coded 230011 ROR ii Bit 0 gt Timer 0 etc 7 250020 Status 250021 Mode TCP auto close for the STX debug server 250022 Number of elements i 250023 Multicast group 212000 Number of open connections 250024 Hash 212001 Mode 250025 Current sequence number 212002 Time 250026 Size bytes 250027 Timeout 250028 Number of received publications Networking via JetIP 250029 Number of timeout errors TCP auto close for the JetIP TCP server 250030 Amount of sequence number errors 230000 Number of open connections 230001 Mode 250100 9 more subscriber register blocks 230002 Time 250999 Other registers for networking via JetIP Address of the bus node or controller exceeding 232708 Timeout in milliseconds sein ae 232709 Response time in milliseconds 254002 IP add 232710 Amount of network errors 254003 P fa pa 232711 Error code of last access oreo 0 No error 1 Timeout Publisher 3 Error message from the r
20. The following types are possible Type BOOL Notation Flag 0 gt Display 0 Flag 1 gt Display 1 Flag 0 gt Display FALSE Flag 1 gt Display TRUE Standard type BOOL 320 Jetter AG JC 940MC Inputs Outputs Access via pointer register Programming Example lt JW DTAG name F100 type STRING format gt Result The state of flag 100 is displayed as string T or F The variable name begins with a capital followed by the input number The following types are possible Type Notation BOOL Input 0 gt Display 0 Input 1 gt Display 1 STRING Input 0 gt Display OFF Input 1 gt Display ON Standard type BOOL Example lt JW DTAG name I201200308 type STRING gt Result The state of input 201200308 on the CPU is displayed as string ON or OFF The variable name begins with a capital O followed by the output number The following types are possible BOOL Output 0 gt Display 0 Output 1 gt Display 1 Output 1 gt Display ON STRING Output 0 gt Display OFF Standard type BOOL Example lt JW DTAG name 0201100308 gt Result The state of output 201100308 is inserted as 1 or 0 Access via pointer register is realized by inserting the capital letter P in front of the variable name In each case the value of the variable is displayed whose number corresponds to th
21. ay ETH Systembus B Publications Me PubT oBN_001 B Subscriptions Bil UX3 Al4 iy ETH Systembus Publications pe PubFromBN_001 B Subscriptions mite SubToBN_001 Motion Control Once you have configured the hardware according to your requirements you have to send the current configuration to the controller and the other connected devices The Hardware Manager transmits the updated configuration to all bus nodes and controllers in the Jetter Ethernet system Download the current configuration to the controller by clicking the file Network and right click on the menu item Download All Configurations Jetter AG 215 9 Programming Hardware ax JC940MC_PubSub System ay Release ea JC Add Module Download all Configurations Delete all node configurations Ga JX Advanced configuration Motion Control Functions PP Hardware a Setup a Files Qe Result The controller and all further bus nodes have received the configuration data Internal administration of If you make any changes to the hardware you have to send these changes by publish subscribe Download All Configurations to the connected hardware via Hardware Manager If you click in Hardware Manager Download All Configurations the following happens In the project JetSym has created a directory e g Release below the active configuration This directory contains the following files ModConfig da ModConfig_
22. ceeeeee 431 Operating parameters Enclosure c ccccceeeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeseteeneeeeeeeeetees 432 DC power supply inputs and outputs cccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeetees 433 Shielded data and I O lineS ccc cccccccececececeseceeeeeseseseceseseseeeseseseseseseseness 434 Jetter AG JC 940MC Appendix Technical data Electrical data Power supply Memory configurations Technical data Real time clock Rated voltage DC 24 V Permissible voltage range 15 20 Input current 3 125 A max Power consumption 75 W max Remanent memory for variables 120 000 registers Flash disk 8 MBytes Lifetime Minimum 10 years Deviation 1 minute per month max Jetter AG 429 14 Appendix Physical dimensions Physical dimensions Minimum clearances Module width Mounting orientation 42 225 sc imal i I a ica i o D zi 5 o a H f S 5 o k A i nN Zlo i l EJ 4 g amp g g ai ail o a D a 5 eI L Le y 7 gt ee a ja _ 10 43 a 186 sig
23. 5 Wait until the update process is completed you wish to update other modules proceed with step 1 do not you wish to update other reboot the controller to launch the modules new operating system 402 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating system update Operating system update via FTP Introduction Prerequisites Updating the OS Using an FTP client an OS file can be transferred to a module connected to the system bus of the controller m An OS file for the module is available An FTP connection to the controller must be possible The login parameters for a user with administrator or system rights are at hand The operating system is running The controller has put the system bus into operation without any errors The boot loader or the operating system of the module is running The controller must remain energized during the OS update process To update the OS proceed as follows pa Establish an FTP connection to the controller 2 Log in with administrator or system rights Navigate to the OS directory of the module Example System PCI Slot1 SB Module 1 JX2 Slave02 OS oder System PCI Slot1 SB Module2 JX3 Module05 OS Ew Transfer the OS file into this directory 5 Wait until the update process is completed M you wish to update other modules proceed with step 3 do not you wish to update other close the FTP connection Then modules reboot the controller to launc
24. 9 Programming R 102915 Day This register contains the day of the actual date Register properties Values the power reserve has actual time not elapsed the power reserve has 1 elapsed R 102916 Month This register contains the month of the actual date Register properties Values the power reserve has actual time not elapsed the power reserve has 1 elapsed R 102917 Year This register contains the year of the actual date Register properties Values Value after reset the power reserve has actual time not elapsed the power reserve has elapsed 272 Jetter AG JC 940MC R 102920 R 102921 R 102922 R 102923 Programming Milliseconds This register contains the milliseconds stored in the buffer Register properties Values 0 999 Value after reset 0 Takes effect After read write access to register 102928 Seconds This register contains the seconds stored in the buffer Register properties Values 0 59 Value after reset 0 Takes effect After read write access to register 102928 Minutes This register contains the minutes stored in the buffer Register properties Values 0 59 Value after reset 0 Takes effect After read write access to register 102928 Hours This register contains the hours stored in the buffer Register properties Values 0 23 Value after reset 0 Takes effect After read write access to register 102928 Jette
25. Introduction Significance of this This document is an integral part of the JC 940MC User Manual Keep this document in a way that it is always at hand until the JC 940MC will be disposed of Pass this document on if the JC 940MC is sold or loaned leased out In any case you encounter difficulties to clearly understand the contents of this document please contact Jetter AG We would appreciate any suggestions and contributions on your part and would ask you to contact us at the following e mail address info jetter de Your feedback will help us produce manuals that are more user friendly as well as address your wishes and requirements This document contains important information on the following topics Transport Mounting Installation Programming Operation Maintenance Repair Therefore you must carefully read understand and observe this document and especially the safety instructions In the case of missing or inadequate knowledge of this document Jetter AG shall be exempted from any liability Therefore the operating company is recommended to obtain the persons confirmation that they have read and understood this manual in writing 4 Jetter AG JC 940MC Contents Table of Contents 1 Safety instructions 11 Basic safety IMSIUCTIONS sss ccecctidseceek is cceeetsdbenenectccnceetsseneceidsceeet cascnenesdeaciebaubateeustacdeaet auicueveriadeeebavane 12 Instructions On EMC roisia deve nanny
26. R 102912 Minutes R 102913 Hours R 102914 Weekday 0 Sunday R 102915 Day R 102916 Month R 102917 Year Description Jetter AG 269 9 Programming Register set 2 Buffer access R 102920 Milliseconds Seconds Minutes Hours R 102924 Weekday 0 Sunday R 102926 Month R 102927 Year R 102928 Read write trigger R 102910 Milliseconds This register contains the millisecond of the actual time Register properties Values 0 999 Value after reset 0 R 102911 Seconds This register contains the seconds of the actual time Register properties Values Value after reset the power reserve has _ actual time not elapsed the power reserve has elapsed R 102912 Minutes This register contains the minutes of the actual time Register properties Values 0 59 270 Jetter AG JC 940MC R 102913 R 102914 Value after reset Hours Programming the power reserve has actual time not elapsed the power reserve has elapsed This register contains the hours of the actual time Register properties Values Value after reset Weekday the power reserve has actual time not elapsed the power reserve has elapsed This register contains the weekday of the actual date Register properties Values Value following a reset 0 6 0 Sunday the power reserve has actual time not elapsed the power reserve has elapsed Jetter AG 271
27. Result The state of the flag is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the content of register 1000100 lt JW DTAG name PI1000300 100 gt Result The state of the input is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the value 100 lt JW DTAG name PI1000300 R1000100 gt 322 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Result The state of the input is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the content of register 1000100 lt JW DTAG name PO1000300 100 gt Result The state of the output is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the value 100 lt JW DTAG name P01000300 R1000100 gt Result The state of the output is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the content of register 1000100 Jetter AG 323 9 Programming 9 9 3 Sending an e mail Introduction Processing within the application program System function 110 JetSym STX function EMailSend This chapter gives a description on how to send previously created e mails from within the application program When sending an e mail from the application program the device JC 940MC creates the e mail based on the e mail template file and inserts variable values if required Sending an e mail may
28. Technical Sp CifiCatiOmicsticccsciccisseaccuseds ceva nannan aata ced auaa aaa Aarah 428 Technical data ieena ai a aaa aa a aaa A e a EA 429 Physical dimensions cncrerrarcniaraiir di anan A A ARA A 430 Operating parameters Environment and mechanics cccccececeeceeceeeeeeeeeceecaeeeeeeeeeeeesnaeess 431 Operating parameters Enclosure cceccececccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeeaeaeceeeeeeesecanaeeeeeeeentensanaees 432 DC power supply inputs and outputs c ccceceeeeeeeeeeae cece eeeeseceaeaeeeeeeesesecaeaeeeeeeesetscnieaeeeeeess 433 Shielded data and VO lIN S vie ciccicessesenedseerevesaccdeas a dn eehada caeeuiedandehatevedesacadnceaave 434 INO OX sesceecccecs cateaceecs Seen censanwnes dosent E E teeeeveane 435 9 JC 940MC Safety instructions 1 Safety instructions Introduction This chapter informs the user of basic safety instructions It also warns the user of residual dangers if there are any Furthermore it contains information on EMC Contents Topic Page Basic safety instructions 22 c ccccecceceeeeeceeeeseececeedenseseeneneeceeseneeeeeneneeeeesenes 12 Instructions on EMC arnari tae ie ea Renee 14 Jetter AG 11 1 Safety instructions Basic safety instructions Introduction This device complies with the valid safety regulations and standards Jetter AG attaches great importance to the safety of the users Of course the user should adhere to the following regulations Relevan
29. 2 Enter the port number into register 235400 GNN Value range of GNN 0 199 3 Enter the required register number of the remote network node into register 236000 ppp Result Now you can access the value via register 1nnn980ppp Value range of GNN nnn 000 199 Value range of ppp 000 199 This configuration lets you indirectly access via 200 controller registers all module registers of the remote network node Example A controller of the JC 9xx series is connected with a JX3 BN ETH bus node Task You want to take the following action Read the IP address from the local module register of the JX3 BN ETH bus node Read the seconds of the real time clock from the local module register of the JX3 BN ETH bus node Solution The IP address of the JX3 BN ETH is contained in MR 101200 The seconds of the real time clock of the JX3 BN ETH are contained in MR 102911 Using the Hardware Manager you have configured the controller and the bus node The controller has got GNN 000 The bus node JX3 BN ETH has got GNN 001 In the controller addressing looks as follows Enter the number of the local module register P address from the JX3 BN ETH to R 236000 From the quick reference you know that the IP address of the JX3 BN ETH can be read from MR 101200 Incase of read access to R 1001980000 read now the IP address of the JX3 BN ETH Enter the number of the local module register seconds of the real
30. Contents Topic Page Error message during CRC computing 0 eee ceeeeeeeeee settee eeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 236 Error message on part of a SUDSCTIPTION 0 2 cece ceesececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettees 237 Controller evaluates errors reported by a remote network node 238 Jetter AG 235 9 Programming Error message during CRC computing Detecting the error Root cause of the error Response of the device to this error Fixing the root cause Acknowledging the error Both publisher and subscriber carry out a CRC of their configuration files The calculated value can be read from registers 255004 and 250004 If there is no configuration file they report an error This error may be caused by the following root cause CRC computing failed because there is no configuration file The operating system of the device responds to the error by taking the following steps The operating system sets bit 0 in the status register of the publisher R 255000 or of the subscriber R 250000 Deeneavnmumieniie a configuration file After deploying a configuration file restart both publisher and subscriber 236 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Error message on part of a subscription Detecting the error Root cause of the error Response of the device to this error Fixing the root cause Acknowledging the error If a subscriber has not received any process data from the assigne
31. Example To use register addresses starting from 1 billion with variable destination window offset proceed as follows Enter the IP address of the remote network node into register 235000 Value range of GNN 0 Set the base address of the destination window Enter a value into R 272702 of the remote network node Now registers 1nnn990000 1nnn999999 let you access the value A JetControl is to read a register value from a JX3 BN ETH Control system and bus node are interconnected via the Jetter Ethernet system bus There are JX3 modules connected to the JX3 BN ETH such as a JX3 AO04 of module number 03 By entering value 100000 into R 272702 of the JX3 BN ETH you get read access to the EDS of the connected JX3 modules In this example the module code of the JX3 AO4 is to be read JC xxx JX3 BN ETH R 1001990601 304 R 1001990501 03 R 1001990500 1 100000 R 272702 R 235401 50000 F 304 R100601 R 235001 192 168 10 16 03 R 100501 1 R 100500 RO Bo GNN 000 GNN 001 Reading is carried out in three steps an Enter value 1 for a JX3 module into R 1001990500 2 Enter module number 03 into R 1001990501 3 Read module code 304 for JX3 AO4 from R 1001990601 204 Jetter AG JC 940MC Software versions JetSym STX program Programming The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym ver
32. JC 940MC File system 6 4 Operating system update and application program Introduction An OS update for a controller an HMI or an I O module as well as access to the application program can be carried out via file system For a detailed description on this topic refer to the following chapter Operating system update see page 393 Application program see page 409 Jetter AG 135 6 File system 6 5 Formatting and checking Introduction Operating principle Register number This chapter describes formatting the internal flash disk The internal flash disk needs not be checked using a separate function since it provides maximum safety of its administrative structures by design When the device boots up the OS system checks the content of the control register The control register is part of the file system Depending on the value contained in this register the following functions are carried out Formatting the flash disk The register number of the control register is dependent on the device vice Reiter numer Contents Topic Page Formatting the flash Memory cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeseaas 137 136 Jetter AG JC 940MC File system Formatting the flash memory Introduction In the following cases reformatting the flash disk is required When you upload an OS version that has got another flash disk format When information for flash disk administration h
33. Submodule JX6 SB l cccccccccecececsecceeecsneeeeeceneeeeecsneeeesseneeeessnueeeesssneeeenss 288 Digital JX6 I O submodule JX6 1O16CB ccccecsececeesneeeeessteeeesssteeeeseaes 290 Combi module JX6 SV i aomi aaa ia adaa daia a 295 Sample program for local JX6 I O SubmModules cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeees 302 Jetter AG 287 9 Programming Submodule JX6 SB l Introduction This chapter covers configuring of the JX2 system bus interface at the PCI bus of the controller JC 940MC Submodule JX6 SB l Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I take on converting the PCI bus to the JX2 system bus The operating mode is Master Slave Register The JX2 system bus can be configured as follows Configuration and status registers of the JX6 SB l submodule 2loe sj s o o jz z z Element Description Value range Module board number Number of the JX6 I O submodule located on the module board zz Module register number JX2 system bus registers z2 o s sfol2qzfz e Description Value range Module board number 1 3 Number of the JX6 I O submodule located on the 1 2 module board Module register number 000 999 Further literature For more information on registers and engineering of the JX2 system bus please turn to the JX6 SB user information Enhancements Since revision 2 11 2 of the JX6 SB user information the following enhancements have been made The value range I
34. as there are no commands Maximum possible number of instances R 470020 shows the maximum possible number of NetConsistency instances The actual value is always 1 Module register properties Values 1 Type of access Read Value after reset 1 Number of instances ready for operation R 470021 shows the number of NetConsistency instances Module register properties Values 0 1 Type of access Read Value after reset 1 250 Jetter AG JC 940MC R 470030 R 470031 R 470032 R 470033 Programming Maximum number of error messages for the logger R 470030 sets the maximum number of error messages which are transferred to the logger by NetConsistency Module register properties Values 10 Type of access Read Value after reset 10 Number of error messages transmitted to the logger R 470031 displays the number of error messages transmitted to the logger by NetConsistency Module register properties Values 0 10 Type of access Read Maximum number of warnings for the logger R 470032 sets the maximum number of warnings forwarded to the logger by NetConsistency Module register properties Values 10 Type of access Read Value after reset 10 Number of warnings forwarded to the logger R 470033 displays the number of warnings transmitted to the logger by NetConsistency Module register properties Values 0 10 Type of access Read Jetter AG 251 9 Programming R 470034 Maximum
35. but to be sure COMMAND 3 Command DirCreate Path app ErrorAsWarning 1 COMMAND_4 Command DirCreate Path app userprogtest copy user program start file COMMAND 5 Command FileCopy Source USB1 UserProgs start ini Destination app start ini copy user program COMMAND 6 Command FileCopy Source USB1 UserProgs userprogtest es3 Destination app userprogtest userprogtest es3 set registers and flags COMMAND_7 Command DaFileRead DaFile USB1 UserData MyTestData da 388 Jetter AG JC 940MC Automatic copying of controller data 10 3 Log file Introduction This chapter covers the structure and contents of the log file into which the device enters the outcome of the respective commands Contents Topic Page File COntents gene aer aa a aa 390 Jetter AG 389 10 Automatic copying of controller data File contents Introduction The log file is a plain text file By making an entry into the command file you define whether a log file is to be created or whether the device is to append the entries to an existing log file Example JetControl AutoCopy log file 07 11 2012 09 14 09 1 Ok FileCopy USB1 0S JC 940MC_1 03 0 20 0s System OS op_system os 187400 byte 2 Ok FileCopy USB1 0S JM2xx 2 14 0 00 0s System PCI Slot1 SB Module2 JX2 Slave02 0S system os 567000 byte 3 Warning DirCreate app 4 Ok DirCreate app userprogtest 5 Ok
36. etc hosts the controller tries to obtain DNS the corresponding IP address from a DNS server During boot up the controller reads the IP address of the DNS server out of the configuration memory Related topics The configuration memory see page 80 98 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Setting a static route Introduction Saving a route toa configuration memory Saving a route at runtime R 104550 R 104551 R 104552 The operating system of the JC 940MC offers the possibility to configure simple routing of IP packets among the three supported Ethernet ports ETH 1 to ETH 3 If the addressed device can be reached this way the controller then forwards IP packets received at one of the ports to one of the other ports If networks have to be accessed which are not in the directly accessible range of the JC 940MC the user must established static routes to these networks Static routes especially have to be established if the default gateway cannot reach the respective network For each Ethernet port entries can be made in the configuration memory These entries can be changed via registers 101216 through 101224 to be remanent All entries saved to the configuration memory are activated when the controller is rebooted Another register set R 104550 through 104555 lets you during runtime make further entries into the routing table or delete existing routes Five entries per port can be made Sta
37. gt or this way lt JC DTAG name R1001500 type REAL factor 1 3 format gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt The value of a flag is represented as follows lt JC DTAG name F10 gt or lt JC DTAG name PF1000000 type STRING gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt The same way it is done the same way lt JC DTAG name P1I1000130 type BOOL gt or lt JC DTAG name 201100205 type STRING gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt R201000 lt JC DTAG name R201000 type INT format 0 t HHHHEEHHE gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt Regards nbsp lt p gt lt p gt Yours JetControl lt p gt lt body gt lt html gt Jetter AG 151 JC 940MC Programming 9 Programming Purpose of this chapter This chapter is for supporting you when programming a JC 940MC controller in the following fields of activity Determining the register numbers of connected modules Determining the I O numbers of connected modules Programming additional functions Prerequisites To be able to program the JC 940MC controller the following prerequisites must be fulfilled The controller is connected to a PC On the PC the JetSym programming software has been installed Contents Topic Page Abbreviations module register properties and formats 0 154 Memories OVOGrVIGW ssis seeriana andes N AANE A N AA 155 Numbering registers and I Os for a JC OXX ssseseessesessserrs
38. specify the parameters for establishing a connection with the POP3 server Only in case the e mail server requires authentication via POP3 before SMTP this section is required POP3 LP 192 168 40 1 PORT 25100 USER JetControl4711 PASSWORD Pop3PassWord This type of authentication requires the JC 940MC to log on at the POP3 server During the logon process USER and PASSWORD have to be entered After that the SMTP server allows to send e mails for a given period of time 10 to 30 minutes IP In the given example Description Allowed values Illegal values In case of illegal value or missing entry PORT In the given example Description Allowed values Illegal values In case of missing entry USER In the given example Description Allowed values In case of missing entry 192 168 40 1 IP address of POP3 server can also be specified as name gt 1 0 0 0 m lt 223 255 255 255 Network address Broadcast address POP3 log in will not be carried out 25 100 Port number of POP3 server gt 0 lt 65 536 gt 65 335 110 JetControl47 11 Log on name for POP3 authentication If this entry exists the entry PASSWORD is required too String of 63 characters max POP3 log in will not be carried out Jetter AG 311 9 Programming PASSWORD In the given example Description Allowed values In case of missing entry Pop3PassWord L
39. that only the 16 least significant bits are transmitted when 32 bit registers are sent When assigning incoming register values to the internal 32 bit registers no sign extension will be carried out Topic Page Address encra a Marie vat iecdalaneeesdibedasicvat eed ies 333 Supported commands Class 0 0 cceeeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesetecnaeaeeeeeeeeees 335 Supported commands Class 1 0 0 0 2 ceeeeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeesetecnunaeeeeeenees 336 Supported commands Class 2 0 ccececeeceecececeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeteneeeaeeeeeeteees 337 Jetter AG JC 940MC Addressing Introduction R 272702 R 272704 R 272705 Example 1 Example 2 Programming The addresses which have been received via Modbus TCP can be modified locally in the server For this purpose three registers have been provided The basic addresses for accessing registers inputs and outputs are entered into these registers Then the address contained in the Modbus TCP frame specifies the address with reference to the basic address Register offset The basic address for accessing registers via Modbus TCP is entered into R 272702 Module register properties Value after reset 1000000 Input offset The basic address for accessing inputs via Modbus TCP is entered into R 272704 Module register properties Value after reset 100000000 Output offset The basic address for accessing outputs via Modbus TCP is entered into
40. used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 95 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 96 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 97 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 98 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 99 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 100 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 101 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 102 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 103 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 104 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 105 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 106 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 107 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 108 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 109 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 110 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 111 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 112 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 113 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 114 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 115 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 116 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 117 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 118 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 119 sectors 128 use
41. 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Filter interval of input 3 00 1 5 2 0 ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Filter interval of input 4 00 1 5 2 0 ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Jetter AG 293 9 Programming MR 105 Filter interval of inputs 5 to 8 Write the filter interval for inputs 5 to 8 to this register Two bits of this register have been assigned to each input Meaning of the individual bits Bit 1 0 Filter interval of input 5 00 1 5 2 0 ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Bit 3 2 Filter interval of input 6 00 1 5 2 0 ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Bit 5 4 Filter interval of input 7 00 1 5 2 0ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Bit 7 6 Filter interval of input 8 00 1 5 2 0ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Related topics Slot numbering of the module board and of the JX6 I O module see page 172 294 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Combi module JX6 SV1 Introduction Register numbers Register overview Jetter AG The combi module is supplied by a potential free relay contact an analog voltage output and a counting input for incremental encoders or SSI absolute encoders In this chapter only the module register number is specified To calculate the actually used register number add the basic re
42. 157 Application program Memory ipsini apinaa aae iaaa aa aaa iaa aaa a EA e iaga 158 Memory for volatile application program variables ccccccecsecceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeesennieeeeeeees 159 Memory for non volatile application program reQiSterS ceeccceeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeteeneeeeeeaeees 160 Memory for non volatile application program variables cccccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseseeneeeeeeeeees 161 Registerson l O MOduUleS ss 23 s 05 sy ssiri arer ai NEE EE EREE NAAA one A ESA EEE SEATA 163 Special redis er ensar A E N 165 INPUTS and OUTPUTS iain ana ae aia a aE ai AAAG 166 Flags secura aaran A A E AT saceeee neta ciated saceteerien 168 Numbering registers and I Os for a JC 9XX ssuusssununrnnnnnrnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn na 169 Registers and module registers cccceecceceeseceeceeeeeeeceeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeaueeeseeaueeeeeedeaeseeseeeeeeenenaeess 170 Slot number a sees ha ee cca cesta bce cn ateeete eh eee cba cece enaeeetc da dentin eed cnadeeel naeesdanandaicnes 172 Register and I O numbers of local JX6 I O SUDMOGUIES cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetenneeeeeeeees 173 Register numbers of JX2 slave modules connected to the JX2 system DUS eee 174 Register and I O numbers of JX2 and JX3 I O modules on the JX2 system DUS 175 Register and I O numbers of IP67 I O modules on the JX2 system DUS n 177 Registers and I O numbers of CANopen modules on the JX2 system DUS
43. 210073 210074 210075 210076 210077 Application program is running bit 0 1 JetVM version Error register bit coded Bit 0 Error on flash disk Bit 2 Error on JX2 system bus Bit 3 Error on JetEthernetBus Bit 4 Error on application register Bit 7 Error in expanded error register Bit 8 Illegal jump Bit 9 Illegal call Bit 10 Illegal index Bit 11 Illegal opcode Bit 12 Division by 0 Bit 13 Stack overflow Bit14 Stack underflow Bit 15 Illegal stack Bit 16 Error when loading the application program Bit 17 Memory protection violated Bit 24 Timeout cycle time Bit 25 Timeout task lock Bit 31 Unknown error Highest task number Minimum program cycle time Maximum program cycle time Current program cycle time Current task number Current program position within the presently ongoing runtime ID of the presently ongoing runtime Desired total cycle time in us Calculated total cycle time in us Maximum time slice per task in us Task ID for R210061 Priority for task R210060 Length of scheduler table Index in scheduler table Task ID in scheduler table Task ID for R210071 Timer number 0 31 Manual triggering of a timer event bit coded End of cyclic task task ID Command for cyclic tasks Number of timers Timer number for R210077 Timer value in milliseconds Jetter AG 419 14 Quick reference JC 9xx Bit 1 1 Error in connection with a subscription 210100
44. 516 4236 1901 1908 1909 1916 2001 2008 2009 2016 4130 601 608 4237 1909 1916 2001 2008 2009 2016 2101 2108 4131 609 616 4238 2001 2008 2009 2016 2101 2108 2109 2116 4132 701 708 4239 2009 2016 2101 2108 2109 2116 2201 2208 4133 709 716 4240 2101 2108 2109 2116 2201 2208 2209 2216 4134 801 808 4241 2109 2116 2201 2208 2209 2216 2301 2308 4135 809 816 4242 2201 2208 2209 2216 2301 2308 2309 2316 4136 901 908 4243 2209 2216 2301 2308 2309 2316 2401 2408 4137 909 916 4138 1001 1008 4244 2301 2308 2309 2316 2401 2408 2409 2416 4139 1009 1016 4140 1101 1108 16 combined outputs 4141 1109 1116 4142 1201 1208 JX2 system bus 20SJ00000 4143 1209 1216 Network 1nnn910000 4144 1301 1308 4260 101 108 109 116 4145 1309 1316 4261 109 116 201 208 4146 1401 1408 4262 201 208 209 216 4147 1409 1416 4263 209 216 301 308 4148 1501 1508 4264 301 308 309 316 4149 1509 1516 4265 309 316 401 408 4150 1601 1608 4266 401 408 409 416 4151 1609 1616 4267 409 416 501 508 4152 1701 1708 4268 501 508 509 516 4153 1709 1716 4269 509 516 601 608 424 Jetter AG JC 940MC Quick reference JC 9xx 4270 601 608 609 616 4358 2001 2008 4271 609 616 701 708 4359 2009 2016 4272 701 708 709 716 4360 2101 2108 4273 709 716 801 808 4361 2109 2116 4274 801 808 809 816 4362 2201 2208 4275 809 816 901 908 4363 2209 2216 4276 901 908 909 916 4364
45. 608 609 616 701 708 709 716 20804000 ane mapped to registers 4011 609 616 701 708 709 716 801 808 i 4012 701 708 709 716 801 808 809 816 20SJ04367 PENO 4013 709 716 801 808 809 816 901 908 20SJ05x00 As E S 4014 801 808 809 816 901 908 909 916 m ga 4015 809 816 901 908 909 916 1001 1008 20SJ06x99 bees a 4016 901 908 909 916 1001 1008 1009 1016 208J07x00 Sa Aare bec eet Se Naa 4017 909 916 1001 1008 1009 1016 1101 1108 ie jis 4018 1001 1008 1009 1016 1101 1108 1109 1116 2050799 4019 1009 1016 1101 1108 1109 1116 1201 1208 aata eae ee ee i 4020 1101 1108 1109 1116 1201 1208 1209 1216 zx XX S aye NUMDRET 4021 1109 1116 1201 1208 1209 1216 1301 1308 4022 1201 1208 1209 1216 1301 1308 1309 1316 CAN PRIM registers 4023 1209 1216 1301 1308 1309 1316 1401 1408 4024 1301 1308 1309 1316 1401 1408 1409 1416 20SJ10500 Status register 4025 1309 1316 1401 1408 1409 1416 1501 1508 Bit1 1 CAN message received 4026 1401 1408 1409 1416 1501 1508 1509 1516 ee f 4027 1409 1416 1501 1508 1509 1516 1601 1608 Bira 0 MEDE CANID 4028 1501 1508 1509 1516 1601 1608 1609 1616 Bit2 1 29 bit CAN ID 4029 1509 1516 1601 1608 1609 1616 1701 1708 i 4030 1601 1608 1609 1616 1701 1708 1709 1716 20SJ10501 Command register 4031 1609 1616 1701 1708 1709 1716 1801 1808 7 clear FIFO 4032 1701 1708 1709 1716 1801 1808 1809 1816 z 4033 1709 1716 1801 1808 1809 1816 1901 1
46. Function RemoteScanStop Protocol Int Int Jetter AG 339 9 Programming 9 11 3 Modbus TCP client with STX variables Introduction The Modbus TCP client included in JC 940MC supports only Class 0 Conformance In this class commands for reading and writing multiple registers are used One frame transmits up to 125 registers of 16 bits width As protocol ID 0 is used Assignment of transmitted and received frames is carried out using the transaction ID This chapter describes how to carry out noncyclical or cyclical transmission to a Modbus TCP server using STX functions Number of possible Connections to eleven different Modbus TCP servers may be opened at the connections same time Noncyclical data Functions ModbusReadReg and ModbusWriteReg are used to transmission establish a noncyclical transmission channel to a Modbus TCP server These functions copy data between registers of a Modbus TCP server and STX variables They establish a connection to the specified Modbus TCP server transmit the desired data and clear down the connection again If RemoteScan has already established a connection for cyclical data transmission this connection will be used Setting up and clearing down the connection is therefore not required Cyclical data Cyclical data transmission is made through the configurable function transmission RemoteScanConfig The data are cyclically transmitted from and to the Modbus TCP servers b
47. I O submodules connected via PCI DUS 0 0 0 eeeteeeeenteeeeeeee 55 Indicators and LEDS 0 ecccceccececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeecacaeceeeeeeeseccaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 60 Control element cccceccececeeeeeceecee cece eeeeseceenaeceeeeeeeseccacaeeeeeeesesecaaeeeeees 67 Installing and removing the controller JC 940MC 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeaes 71 Battery replacement xicvciac scx cdevedes ni A A 74 IP configuration nana cia ieee eased nada seietiduestcaieeecctadevediaeeetouis 76 Jetter AG 37 4 Mounting and installation 4 1 Interfaces Terminal X10 Jack X14 Jacks X15 and X16 Jack X61 Jack X62 X63 and X64 PCI module board option Contents 38 The function of terminal X10 is as follows Power supply for the controller JC 940MC Other than with jack X15 and X16 the Ethernet system bus from Jetter AG is implemented in jack X14 For this reason jack X14 is the only port to connect a JX3 BN ETH or a JetMove 200 ETH to The function of jack X14 is as follows Ethernet port to a hub switch or router Ethernet port to a PC Ethernet port to an HMI by Jetter AG Ethernet port to a JX3 BN ETH or a JetMove 200 ETH Ethernet port to any device The function of jacks X15 and X16 is as follows Ethernet port to a hub switch or router Ethernet port to a PC Ethernet port to an HMI by Jetter AG Ethernet port to any device The function of jack X61 is as follows USB int
48. IP address of the controller JC 940MC proceed as follows Action Launch the JetIPScan program on your PC Result JetIPScan shows all IP addresses which are presently active on your PC Select the interface IP address connected with the controller JC 940MC of which you want to determine the IP address cot C WetIPScanVetIPScanV1 08_01 exe JetIPScan Version 1 08 Host name is GR 43586 Interface 1 169 254 222 61 Type the number of the address to choose the interface 1 Result Among others JetIPScan shows the IP address of the controller JC 940MC cx C WetIPScanVetIPScanV1 08_01 exe 1 response is received from the IP Address 192 168 160 156 MAC Address 66 64 4f 61 14 92 Received Message Eakekekekekekakekekekekekekekekskekskekesesekakeketekekesesesenel Bytes Received 70 JGSP 1 66 Unicast Response 66 AA 66 64 4f 61 14 92 192 168 186 156 IP Gateway 0 0 0 0 IP Mask 255 255 255 0 ode Identification 43 43 gt JetControl Node Identification Type 09 70 Uersion Nummer 1 1 0 10 Node Name MyJetcontrol 940 Timeout has been exceeded There is only online controller Driicken Sie eine beliebige Taste Jetter AG 79 4 Mounting and installation The configuration memory Introduction Enabling conditions Default values 80 The controller reads the parameters for initializing the IP interface out of the configuration memory during the boot process The user can
49. IP interface allows to send or receive any data via Ethernet interface on the JC 940MC using TCP IP or UDP IP When using this feature data processing is completely carried out by the application program The user programmable IP interface allows the programmer to carry out data exchange via Ethernet connections which do not use standard protocols such as FTP HTTP JetIP or Modbus TCP The following applications are possible Server Client TCP IP UDP IP To be able to program user programmable IP interfaces the following knowledge of data exchange via IP networks is required IP addressing e g IP address port number subnet mask TCP e g connection establishment termination data stream data backup UDP e g datagram For communication via user programmable IP interface the programmer must not use any ports which are already used by the operating system of the controller Therefore do not use the following ports Depending on the FTP client ce FTP server data a FTP server controller EMAIL email ini as es coe Tor Wop pona Mas 342 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Contents Topic Page Prodi ommno ater a leat tae a as 344 Redio S visccesetszcectasvades obaszezcondiudecpiditveshddsades i aiaa EL EdE 356 Sample prograMS egiidi iaaa aaa aa a aaia da 361 Jetter AG 343 9 Programming 9 12 1 Programming Introduction The user programmable IP interface is used to carry
50. JC 940MC and have the values displayed An application program task reads out the real time clock at regular intervals Then it outputs the readings properly formatted as trace message When you activate the trace mode in JetSym JetSym displays these readings The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 For other sample programs refer to JetSym online help Type Structure of the RTC buffer TimeAndDate struct Second Int Minute Int Hour Int DayOfWeek Int Day AB ches Month Int Year LCs Trigger Int End Struct End Type Var RTCregs TimeAndDate At VL 102921 End Var Task ShowTimeAndDate Autorun Var Dummy Int End Var Loop Wait for one second Delay T 1s Copy current time and current date to RTC buffer Dummy RTCregs Trigger 276 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Displaying day of the week Case RTCregs DayOfWeek Of 0 Trace Sunday Break 1 Trace Monday Break 2 Trace Tuesday Break 3 Trace Wednesday Break 4 Trace Thursday Break 5 Trace Friday Break 6 Trace Saturday Break End Case Displaying date Trace StrFormat p 2d 02d 4d p RTCregs Day RTCregs Month RTCregs Year 2000 Zeit anzeigen plus cr 1f Trace StrFormat 2d 02d 02dS n RTCregs H
51. JetSym From the application program The following program increments the content of four non volatile variables every second The working range of the counters is between 0 and 255 variable type byte For these four variables the four bytes of register 1000010 are used Var Cntl Cnt2 Cnt3 Cnt4 Byte At RL 1000010 End Var Task Count4 Autorun Loop Inc Cnt1 Ine Cnt2 2 Ine Cnt3 5 Inc Cnt4 10 Delay T 1s End_ Loop End Task The JetSym setup pane displays the content of the variable As the type of the four counters is byte this will result in counter overflow after a relatively short time Description Function Present content of the The content of the variable is incremented by variable Cnt1 one every second Present content of the The content of the variable is incremented by variable Cnt2 two every second Jetter AG 161 9 Programming Number Description Function Present content of the The content of the variable is incremented by variable Cnt3 five every second Present content of the The content of the variable is incremented by variable Cnt4 ten every second 162 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Registers on I O modules Introduction Properties Memory access JetSym STX program These registers are located on modules connected to the JX2 system bus Global variables which are assigne
52. Node GNN of the corresponding device JX3_D1016 Name of the corresponding peripheral module Second peripheral module Outputs What is being addressed m Input Output Status Channel x Type Presently supported regInt and regFloat The published variable is 32 bits wide the interpretation can be set The automatically computed register Generate If the Generate check box has been marked Hardware Manager creates a variable by the displayed name in the file PubSubVariables stxp Jetter AG 223 9 Programming Subscription parameter options Introduction Configuration parameter options In the Hardware Manager the following subscription parameters can be set GNN and name of subscription Times Network properties Using and creating further variables The respective configuration menu lets you make the following settings Configuration Advanced Subscriber Variables Name SubFromBN_001 ID PubFromBN_001 10001001 v Publisher Name PubFromBN_001 Properties Cycle Time 2 ms ms Max response time G Active 2 SubFromBN_001 X Name of the subscription The name is generated automatically It consists of the following components Sub being the prefix in Subscription From designating the direction Here BN being the source ID of the subscription project JetSym manages each publication and subscription using IDs Properties of the c
53. Operating system update and application program s sssssssssssusseensnnnnnunnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenne 135 Formatting and checking issiria aaa EN 136 Formatting the flash memory 0 cc ccccceceecceeeeneceeeeeneneeedeneneeeeaneneessenaneeseeneneeseenaaeesednaneeeeeneneeees 137 FTP server 139 eeo E E E E E E E ceva hadvevieltcaets alee 140 Supported Command S sessir aE i eda EEEE EEANN EEEE RNE 141 Example Windows FTP Client eccececceceeeeeeeceneae cece eeeececaaeaeeeeeeesesecaaeaeeeeeeesetennieeeeeeeeneees 142 HTTP server 143 SErVEF Side INCIUGESS viisiin tanenin eane aaan aada aanne a aia 144 Nam space tagining aai a aa dual ai a d indy a a aa a aaa d 145 Inserting real time controller values ssssesesssesesssssssrnasesnnantennasennnadtannaatennaatannaannnadatannaanennaananna 146 Example of an HTML pag e cccccccceeeseceeceeeeeeeeececaeeeeeeeseseceaeaeeeeeeesesecaeaeeeeeeeseeenceseeeeeeenees 151 Jetter AG JC 940MC Contents 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 3 1 9 3 2 9 3 3 9 3 4 9 3 5 Jetter AG Programming 153 Abbreviations module register properties and formats ccceeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeee 154 Memories OVGrview sossar dnn isro iectcenstecteees igteeed ieetereetendeeestenttecs ASANA NA ARAARA AANA RARAN AKN ARKAA 155 Operating system Memo soest ss n aenea E aN Ean AENEA E ANAKARA ANNEE TASA eee gp 156 File Syslemi Momo esgars aoea E E EEEE plead nasa eneety eas
54. R 272705 Module register properties Value after reset 100000000 The Modbus TCP server on the JetControl receives from a Modbus TCP client the command read multiple registers starting from register number 100 The number of registers to be read is 5 Register 272702 Register Offset contains the value 1000000 Hence registers 1000100 through 1000104 will be read The Modbus TCP server on the JetControl receives from a Modbus TCP client the command read input discretes specifying input number 205 and the instruction to read this input Register 272704 Input Offset contains the value 201100000 Jetter AG 333 9 Programming Hence input 201100205 for example of a peripheral module JX2 1016 will be read Example 3 The Modbus TCP server on the JetControl receives from a Modbus TCP client the command write coils specifying output number 205 and the instruction to set this output Register 272705 Output Offset contains value 201200000 Hence output 201100205 for example of a peripheral module JX2 1016 will be activated 334 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Supported commands Class 0 fc 3 read multiple registers Reading register sets The starting register number within JC 940MC is calculated as follows Register number specified in the command plus the content of R 272702 Register Offset fc 16 write multiple registers Writing register sets The starting register number within JC 940MC is calculated as f
55. System launch of the JX3 BN ETH NetConsistency is only available for the Jetter Ethernet system bus The network nodes have to be connected to the same subnet Only if JetIPScan is active NetConsistency will be executed JetControl executes NetConsistency only once at booting the JetControl which is the master of NetConsistency The NetConsistency feature in its actual version comprises the system property Network parameters P address Subnet mask Default gateway For this NetConsistency uses JetIPScan One of the JetIPScan features is to assign network parameters to bus nodes via GNN The JC 940MC assigns the network parameters to those bus nodes which you have configured in Hardware Manager As subnet mask the JC 940MC assigns its own subnet mask to the bus node As default gateway the JC 940MC assigns its own IP address to the bus node At system launch the bus nodes use the GNN set via their own DIP switch sliders 1 to 8 This applies until the network parameters configured in the Hardware Manager via JetControl which is the NetConsisteny master are assigned to the bus node Remanent storing via NetConsistency of the network parameters assigned last is not implemented We recommend When configuring the bus nodes in the Hardware Manager use the GNN as least significant byte of the IP address The network parameters assigned by NetConsistency are saved to the remanent store in the config ini fil
56. The register number for JX3 modules at the Ethernet bus node consists of the following elements ttn total xi xtezlz Element Description Value range Global Node Number of a JX3 BN ETH on the 001 199 Ethernet system bus Module number of the module within the JX3 station zzzz Module register number Module register number number 0000 9999 9999 The I O number for JX3 modules connected to an Ethernet bus node consists of the following elements pt tatatn ols x Element Description Value range Global Node Number of a JX3 BN ETH on the 001 199 Ethernet system bus Module number of the module within the JX3 station z Module specific I O number Jetter AG 181 9 Programming Two bus nodes JX3 BN ETH are connected to a JC 940MC controller Oo 1 en Jetter gt al JC 940MC Example i pomooood IIo Ooo ooo oooo IIo Fi fj ID co oa o qi L iE Sooo OOOO OOOO UeeP eer e gy rai ili ili Module Regist
57. Values 2 6 0 Type of access Read Time of the error in milliseconds R 470041 displays the time of the error in milliseconds When JetControl has been activated for 50 days an overflow occurs Module register properties Values 0 2 ms 0 50 days Type of access Read Instance at which the error occurred R 470042 displays the instance at which the error occurred In fact only one instance is possible Module register properties Values 0 First instance Type of access Read Number of error parameters R 470043 shows the number of error parameters Module register properties Values 0 5 Type of access Read 254 Jetter AG JC 940MC R 470044 R 470045 R 470046 R 470047 R 470048 Programming Error parameter 1 R 470044 shows error parameter 1 The value is only valid if R 470043 gt 1 Module register properties Values 0 2 Type of access Read Error parameter 2 R 470045 shows error parameter 2 The value is only valid if R 470043 gt 2 Module register properties Values 0 2 Type of access Read Error parameter 3 R 470046 shows error parameter 3 The value is only valid if R 470043 gt 3 Module register properties Values 0 2 Type of access Read Error parameter 4 R 470047 shows error parameter 4 The value is only valid if R 470043 gt 4 Module register properties Values 0 2 Type of access Read Error parameter 5 R 470048 shows error pa
58. Version 1 68 Host name is GR 43586 Interface 1 169 254 222 61 Type the number of the address to choose the interface 1 4 JetIPScan shows all the devices found To change the IP address of a device select the respective device from the list gt Result JetIPScan changes the IP address of the controller JC 940MC to the value 192 168 10 150 Changing the subnet To change the subnet mask of the controller JC 940MC proceed as follows mask Step Action 1 Write a batch file The content of the batch file is for example JetIPScanV1 08_01 exe W M 250 255 248 0 2 Execute the batch file gt Result JetIPScan is launched and shows all interfaces which are presently active on your PC 3 For all further steps please refer to the instruction Changing the IP address Changing the default To change the default gateway of the controller JC 940MC proceed as gateway follows Step Action 1 Write a batch file The content of the batch file is for example JetIPScanV1 08_01 exe W G 192 168 4 1 2 Execute the batch file gt Result JetIPScan is launched and shows all interfaces which are presently active on your PC 3 For all further steps please refer to the instruction Changing the IP address Jetter AG 89 4 Mounting and installation Setting the IP address via config ini file Configuration file config ini Note Transferring the config ini file You can set the IP address of the controller JC 940MC i
59. access the data stored in the configuration memory in the following ways Registers let you read out and change the application data The controller reads out data located in the configuration memory only during the boot process If you make changes to the configuration memory reboot the controller for these changes to take effect Only this way these changes take effect Before the controller further processes data from the configuration memory it checks them for plausibility If entries are invalid or absent the controller uses the following default values ETH 1 IP address ETH 1 Subnet mask ETH 1 IP address of default gateway ETH 2 IP address ETH 2 Subnet mask ETH 2 IP address of default gateway ETH 3 IP address ETH 3 Subnet mask ETH 3 IP address of default gateway IP address of DNS server ETH 1 Static route of the IP address ETH 1 Static route of the subnet mask ETH 1 Static route of the gateway ETH 2 Static route of the IP address ETH 2 Static route of the subnet mask ETH 2 Static route of the gateway ETH 3 Static route of the IP address ETH 3 Static route of the subnet mask ETH 3 Static route of the gateway Controller name Suffix type of the name OO IP port number for debugger IP port number for JetIP 50000 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Related topics Configuration file config ini see page 82 Configuration registers see page 86 Jetter AG 81 4 Mounting and inst
60. addresses VL Register variables always occupy 4 bytes Register variables are not initialized by the operating system Number of register variables 120 000 Register numbers 1000000 1119999 By JetSym By the e mail client By browser via HTTP server From HMls From the application program From other controllers The following program increments the content of a register variable every time the application program is started This way the number of program starts is counted Var ProgramStartCounter Int At VL 1000000 End Var Task Work Autorun ProgramStartCounter ProgramStartCounter 1 Loop Lh ees End Loop End Task The JetSym setup pane displays the content of the register variable 1000000 4 4 ProgramStartCounter Cwamoer peeton ranean Present content of the The content of the register variable is register variable incremented by one every time the program is started 160 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Memory for non volatile application program variables Introduction Properties Memory access JetSym STX program Setup pane Non volatile variables are used to store data which must be maintained when the JC 940MC is de energized Global variables which are assigned to permanent registers RL Variables are stored in a compact way Size 480 000 bytes Register numbers 1000000 1119999 By
61. aden naa aia cle 14 2 Product description and design 17 JC 940MC Product description o iceidesserndteges ee He eudectaneen aaa E i EA 18 Parts and interfaces ocni a e a aai a i lave ai aada 19 Order referenCeS OPlONS 422 cedssirsicedseacsndassiadlesatdecadssannscen aa aa aai aaia aaa aada aa aaia aaa 21 List OF documentation siisii sie iania a aata aai deai aa aa aiad a a aada 22 Physical GIMCMSIONS sisside ia T E 24 3 Identifying the controller 25 3 1 Identification by means of the nameplate cccceccceeseneeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeseeneeeeseeneeesseeneeenseeneeenees 26 Nameplate icinde aed ceavaeadieaanne tonal ee lantenaned da tae ddustsaneleeasdelsUvakadedtenazandeatatadiassanate 27 3 2 Electronic Data Sheet EDS tis cisics cots csccsiesccesece cietessenccnec cd ceansnacenceeetecdannvscuaneeaseevensaancundesceseeenanns 28 EDS File eds ini oo cece cece cceeeceeeececeeeeeceaeeeceae sence caeeeceaeeseaeeseeeeeceaeeeseaeseeaeesseeeeseaeeseaeesseeeseneens 29 EDS reQiSters ceciren e AEEA EEEN EEEE EEEE EEEREN ER 32 3 3 Version registers w5 0i2ccceccctc cts cctecctee ccecceeentieceeecttectenetecetencccecssenticesenctiecoeeeteeeeee A aAA AEREE aaa 34 Hardware revisions ccccccceeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeecenaeceeeeeeesecaaaeceeeeeeesecaaaeceeeeeeeseccasaeeeeeeesesecsiceeeeenee 35 Software VELSiONS cceceeeecceceeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeceaaeaeeeeeeecececaaeaeeeeeeeseccaaeaeeeeeeesecaccaeaeeeeeerseeicanesees 36 4 Mounting and installation
62. and bus node take the following steps Action In JetSym start the Hardware Manager by clicking on the tab Hardware with the mouse or by pressing Alt 5 on your keyboard The Hardware Manager shows the hardware components in a tree structure Hardware B JC9S40MC_PubSub System Bi Release Sy Hardware Sy Network a g JC 940MC Pi CPU Pp JX2 Bus Carrier Gy ETH Systembu A JX3 BN ETH 001 PP JX3A4l4 B ETH Systembus E Motion Control Functions PPHardware Setup E Files Ai ic 2 To enable the publish subscribe feature right click the folder Network 214 Jetter AG JC 940MC Sending changes to controller and bus node Programming Select Advanced configuration Hardware B JC940MC_PubSub System 5 Release Sy Hardware Add Module Download all Configurations Delete all node configurations S ETH Systembus Motion Control Functions PitHardware setup E Files In the hardware tree below controllers and bus nodes JetSym automatically creates a folder which in this case is named ETH Systembus This folder contains two subfolders named Publications and Subscriptions For each controller and each device used the Hardware Manager creates a Publication and a Subscription item by default Publications and subscriptions communicate with each other E JC940MC_PubSub System o Release Sy Hardware Sy Network JC 940MC fei CPU TPI JX2 Bus Carrier
63. bus JetIPScan JetSync Publish Subscribe etc and thus synchronous transfer of data packets will further be supported by port ETH 1 X14 only Topic Page FaCtOry SCUIN GS osano a Gate database 77 Determining the IP address of the controller JC 940MC 00 eeeeeee 78 The Configuration MOMOLY cccccceceeccneeeeeeeceeeeeneneeeeeecneeeeencneeneeneneeeeenenaenees 80 Configuration file CONFIQ INI sercis 82 Configuration registers prorina e EEEE EERTE EAN 86 Changing the IP address of the controller 0 eeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaes 87 Changing the IP address of the controller JC 940MC via JetIPScan 88 Setting the IP address via config ini file 2 00 0 ee eeeeeeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeeneeeeeaaes 90 Setting the IP address via registers to be remanent eeeeeeeeesteeeetes 91 Setting the IP address automatically via the USB flash drive 94 Setting the IP address during runtime eee ee eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeenaes 95 Using names for IP AddreSS S 0 0 eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceenaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaes 97 Setting a static rOle seeneveenes eee eee edie ne eb ance tiieies 99 Jetter AG JC 940MC Factory settings Introduction Factory settings Mounting and installation Before the controller JC 940MC is shipped various parameters are set to a certain value The parameters can be changed by the user IP address of DNS server Controller name IP por
64. characters ATTACHMENT logfiles error report log E mail message text Text only message 65 535 characters MESSAGE Have a nice day JetControl Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Inserting real time controller values Introduction Actual real time controller values are integrated into parameter entries within the sections via tag functions This way the contents respectively states of registers text registers inputs outputs and flags can be displayed Tag delimiters All tags start and end with defined strings Between these tag delimiters the variables are defined Tag start lt JW DTAG Variable definition The variable definition in a tag contains attributes which are used to set for example how the value of a variable is to be displayed name Description Variable name Comments Code letter followed by the variable number Example name R1000023 type Description Variable type of notation Example type REAL format Description Representation format Comments Refer to format definition Example format 0 t tt tHE factor Description Factor by which the real time controller value is multiplied Comments Multiplication is executed prior to adding the offset Example factor 1 5 offset Description Value which is added to the real time controller value Comments Multiplication by the factor is executed prior to adding the value to the real time controller value Example offset 1000
65. commands Class 1 ccccceceeeecncceceeeeeeeceeeaececeeeeeseceaeaeeeeeeeseseeaeaeeeeeeesesessanaeeeeees 336 Supported commands ClaSS 2 ccccccceeceeccccceeeeeee eee eeaececeeeeesceanaeeeeeeeseseeaeaeeeeeeeseeessenaeeeeess 337 Modbus TCP client wiccccsccccccssssectevsececeevsecccneasecececssececnensectcenstsctsneesecteeesticttnedvectoensteciteessetinereid 338 Modbus TCP client with STX variables ccccecssseeceeeeneeeeeeeneeeeseeneeeeseeeeeeeseeneeeeseeneeenseeneeenas 340 User programmable IP interface cccccceessneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseeneeeeseeneeeeseeeeeaseeneeeasseneeensenneeenss 342 Programming s scecctessccccccsscteccecsccteevscecnavteccetevarcceecetccedavacteeasizcteteeaecceecetesstavaestieasteetitesatetceaes 344 Initializing the user programmable IP interface eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 345 Establishing a COMMGCUON eccna E 346 Sending Data esnsnancrn ren rA A EA 350 Receiving dala siececccsicecefeltdnaee detasebelidiacesiedetetevtaaeeittasetedidaanecncetedeastiene latasedeiaeesncaiedendiedenes 352 Terminating a COMNECHON rete cecicasdeedeaseceedsedetenaaysdetiaas EE 355 Registers ssnin inie aaa e eaS E eai a a aai 356 Register NUMDE S essnenanea ran EAE AET R 357 Register destript n cenieni en ain iE EANES 358 S Mmple programs ij cxcasssnsnnseiceenanssensnnsodseenscnasstnnchadeennnasenbnaed crensuhantnagh dhensnnsensnaeodsreasnhantinntinetns 361 SOMV E E S E E E E cns
66. connected to the JX2 system bus of the JC 940MC consist of the following elements 2 o s s ofx x gt z Module board number I O module number Module register number I O numbers for CANopen modules connected to the JX2 system bus of a JC 940MC consist of the following elements EAE EAERESESERE Module board number J Number of the JX6 I O board JX2 system bus located on the module board Number of the JX6 I O board JX2 system bus located on the module board Module specific I O module number Module specific I O number Jetter AG 179 9 Programming Example A CANopen module is connected to a JC 940MC controller F Ce ony E d an fl ai gt DD ME OF OF A 5 L O oo T B gt IO Ore 5 lo 5 de 5 eo I ee A o O Oo JC 940MC 1 Refer to documentation on JC 940MC 2 Festo CPX 2012070zz 2012070zz 180 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Register and I O numbers of JX3 modules connected to a JX3 BN ETH Global Node Numbers on the Jetter Ethernet system bus of a JX3 BN ETH Register numbers for JX3 modules I O numbers for JX3 modules The JetSym Hardware Manager assigns Global Node Numbers to the bus node JX3 BN ETH on the Jetter Ethernet system bus
67. copy connection details into other registers of a register block MRO Selecting a connection Connections are selected by writing values to this register Read access to this register is used to display whether the following registers contain connection details Module register properties Reading values 0 Connection exists 1 Connection does not exist Module register properties Writing values 0 Address the first connection in the list gt 0 Address the next connection in the list lt 0 Address the previous connection in the list MR 1 Type of connection The value in this register shows whether the connection is a client or a server connection Module register properties Values 1 Client 2 Server MR 2 Transport protocol The value in this register shows whether TCP or UDP is used as transport protocol Module register properties Values 1 UDP 2 TCP 358 Jetter AG JC 940MC MR 3 MR 4 MR 5 MR 6 Programming IP address The value in this register shows the configured IP address Module register properties Values 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 IP port The value in this register shows the configured IP port number Module register properties Values 0 65 535 State The value in this register shows status the connection is currently in Module register properties Values 0 Connection terminated 1 Connection is being established 2 Connection is established 3 TCP IP server Waiting for
68. directory levels and 1 file level are allowed Upper and lower case are distinguished Directory and file names are permitted to have a total length of 63 characters All characters except and are permitted for directory and file names User access administration for a maximum number of 31 locks and 33 users Jetter AG 119 6 File system USB flash drive Properties Size The available capacity depends on the USB flash drive used Tested capacity 256 MByte 16 GByte Properties The USB flash drive has got the following properties The USB flash drive must be compatible with FAT 16 or FAT 32 To store data to the USB flash drive please mind Directory and file names are permitted to have a total length of 260 characters Upper and lower case are not distinguished The following characters are not allowed in directory and file names ere me aaa ne ae and J There is no user access administration Jetter AG cannot guarantee the proper functioning of all USB flash drives available on the market 120 Jetter AG JC 940MC File system 6 2 User administration Introduction Prerequisites Properties Files Restrictions The file system for the internal flash disk lets you define authorization for access locks to directories and set up users For each user you can set individual access rights keys Users are not allowed to access directories and files for
69. displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the content of register 1000100 150 Jetter AG JC 940MC HTTP server Example of an HTML page Task Insert current real time controller values into an HTML page It should then be possible to display the HTML page in a browser using the Server Side Include feature Action lt JC DTAG xmlns JC http jetter de ssi jetcontrol gt lt html gt lt head gt lt meta http equiv Content Type content text html charset windows 1252 gt lt meta name GENERATOR content Microsoft FrontPage 4 0 gt lt meta name ProgID content FrontPage Editor Document gt lt title gt Index lt title gt lt head gt lt body gt Hello World amp nbsp lt p gt Actual controller values can be inserted into an html page like this amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt Register 201000 lt JC DTAG name R201000 type INT format gt or Hex 0x lt JC DTAG name PR201000 10 type INTX format O0 gt or rather this way lt JC DTAG name R201000 type BOOL gt if only Boolean is queried But binary is also possible lt JC DTAG name R201000 type INTB format HE gt b amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt Strings could also be defined lt JC DTAG name R201000 type STRING gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt A real number looks as follows lt JC DTAG name R1001500 type REAL
70. ee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee essence eeeneeeeeeneeeereea 247 Program run at system lAUNGCH eirs oss nese vedavieegl ae ENESE AE aE 248 Register description NetConsistency basic driver ecccceeecceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeees 249 Register description of the NetConsistency instance ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeees 257 Error evaluation at NetConsistency cccccecceeceeeeeeneeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeseneeeeeseeaeeeseeaaeees 258 Administrating the connections of the JetIP TCP and STX debug Server ccesseeeeeeees 260 Automatic termination Of CONNECTIONS cece eeeeee cette iiinn tees ee taeeeeetaeeeeetaeeeereneeeeeeaa 261 Registe aeara E E S E eaczeaweye 263 7 Contents 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 8 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 2 9 9 3 9 9 4 9 10 9 11 1 9 11 2 9 11 3 9 12 1 9 12 2 9 12 3 Startup delay reGister cccccsssceeesseneeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneseeeeeesseeeeeaseseeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseseeeensssenes 265 setting the startup delay eis svec ests footacacenesae heeetvacens evade EEA 266 Real time Clock RTC c ccicccccccececsseceteessncctecsseeetecssnceteessesteessnctteessentecssnctteessecnteesancntecsseenteeess 267 Technical SpecitiCations asec cctecsts feecsacecnceeata beveiacadtbecdea deve ada aiia a ai 268 PFOQKEUMIMMING escrin E ead devwndia eee hada sedan anes dedi eetdannt dddaeee hadaeests 269 Sample program for real time clock eccc
71. event of an illegal value Parameter name 2 Parameter value 2 Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Parameter name 3 Parameter value 3 Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Parameter name 4 Parameter value 4 Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Parameter name 5 Parameter value 5 Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Automatic copying of controller data DaFile Complete name of the data file All allowed file names for data files The destination directory does exist Incorrect filename Non existent destination directory The device does not generate the data file It enters the error into the log file Append Defines whether a new data file is to be created or it is to be appended to an existing one 0 Delete the data file which may exist and create a new data file 1 Append the file to an existing one If no file exists the device creates a new data file lt 0 gt 1 Anew data file will be created Type Defines whether registers or flags are to be stored Register Flag Values other than Register or Flag The device does not generate the data file It enters the error into the log file First Number of the first register or flag All valid numbers from the memory area of the corresponding JC 940MC Invalid numbers The device does
72. faults Fixing the root cause The controller has got read access to the contents of the following status registers of all network nodes at the Jetter Ethernet system bus The contents are accessed via registers 39nnnO through 39nnn5 GNN nnn 001 199 Registers JX3 BN ETH Controller JX3 COM EIPA Error register 200008 39nnn0 Enhanced error register 1 200009 39nnn1 Enhanced error register 2 200010 39nnn2 JetSync status 240010 39nnn3 Subscriber status 250000 39nnn4 Subscription ID 250002 39nnn5d The operating system writes the ID of the subscription for which last an error has been reported to register 250002 If the value of register 39nnn0 is unequal zero an error has occurred A network node has reported this error to the controller via its status registers In consequence the operating system of the controller reacts by taking the following steps Step Description 1 The operating system sets bit 10 in R 200009 2 If a Ono then Bit x 1 of Bit x 1 of the operating system sets bit R 200009 R 200010 7 of R 200008 3 The operating system enters the GNN of the network node having last reported an error to the controller into R 394001 4 The operating system enters the IP address of the network node having last reported an error to the controller into R 394002 5 The operating system enters the port number of the network node having last reported an error to the controller into R 3940
73. following cables individually 60537500 Patch cable 1 1 1 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 60854512 Patch cable 1 1 2 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 60854514 Patch cable 1 1 5 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 60854515 Patch cable 1 1 10 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 46 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation USB port Jacks X61 to X64 Device to connect with To each of jacks X61 to X64 one USB flash drive can be connected Only one the respective jack USB flash drive at a time can be connected By means of the AutoCopy function copying of controller data automatically from or to a USB flash drive via sub directory USB1 of the file system is possible For this the USB flash drive must be connected to jack X61 Position of jacks X61 and X62 1 Sie eT X14 X61X62 Teeth U U Hil os BB FES a2 X15 X63X64 E UU T SS HH BB fai J 34 sa ia e a Description Jack X61 USB1 port 2 Jack X62 USB2 port Jack X63 USB3 port Jack X64 USB4 port Technical specifications Jetter AG 47 4 Mounting and installation 4 2 JX2 system bus interface communicating via PCI bus Introduction Possible number
74. for RemoteScan 20SJOxx01 20SJOxx16 JX2 modules xx 02 32 JX3 modules via JX3 BN CAN xx 02 17 1nnn01xx01 JX3 modules via JX3 BN ETH 1nnn01xx16 GNN nnn 000 199 xx 02 17 Electronic Data Sheet EDS Identification 100600 Internal version number 100601 Module ID 100602 Module name register string 100612 100613 PCB revision 100614 PCB options Production 100700 Internal version number 100701 Serial number register string 100707 100708 Day 100709 Month 100710 Year 100711 TestNum 100712 TestRev Features JC 9xx 100800 Internal version number 100804 Switch 100805 STX 100806 Remanent registers 100810 Motion control 100812 HTTP e mail 100813 Modbus TCP 100817 RTC Configuration From file system config ini 101100 IP address 101101 Subnet mask 101102 Default gateway 101103 DNS server 101132 HOSTNAME suffix type 101133 Host name register string 101151 101164 JetIP port number 101165 Port number for STX debugger Used by the system 101200 ETH 1 IP address 101201 ETH 1 Subnet mask 101202 ETH 1 Default Gateway 101203 DNS server 101210 ETH 2 IP address 101211 ETH 2 Subnet mask 101212 ETH 2 Default Gateway 101213 ETH 3 IP address 101214 ETH 3 Subnet mask 101215 ETH 3 Default Gateway 101216 ETH 1 Static route of the IP address 101217 ETH 1 Static route of the subnet mask 101218 ETH 1 Static route of the gateway 101219 ETH 2 Static route of the IP address 1012
75. in the online help of JetSym Declaration of functions Function QSort DataPtr Int ElementCnt Int ElementSize Int SortOffset Int SortType STXBASETYPE SortMode QSORTMODE Int Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 11 Modbus TCP Introduction This chapter describes the functions of the Modbus TCP server and client integrated into JC 940MC Required programmer s To be able to use the functions described in this chapter the following skills skills are required The user must be familiar with Modbus TCP and the supported commands The user must be familiar with IP networks Contents Topic Page Modbus TCP SOrvelr ccccccccccceccecececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseseseeeeeneeeees 332 Modbus TCP CHEN sscceiscscrevsaasevevsanastevvinsredviaenedevvadecuevianuedevsigeeueviaand aE 338 Modbus TCP client with STX variables cccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 340 Jetter AG 331 9 Programming 9 11 1 Modbus TCP server Introduction Number of possible connections Restriction Contents 332 After successful start of the Modbus TCP server an external client can access registers flags inputs and outputs This chapter covers the addressing process and describes the commands supported by the Modbus TCP server Four connections may be opened at the same time Modbus TCP only supports transmission of registers with a width of 16 bits From this follows
76. ini Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset Depending on configuration Takes effect Once R 202930 2 1 Status of e mail processing With the help of this register the user can track the e mail status Module register properties Values 0 No e mail is being sent 1 Parameters are being handed over to the e mail client of the JC 940MC 2 E mail is being compiled and connection with the server is being established 3 E mail has been sent to the server Type of access Read 328 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming R 292938 Task ID e mail The ID of the task that is just sending an e mail can be seen from this register Module register properties Values 0 99 Task ID 255 No task is sending an e mail Value after reset 255 Type of access Read Jetter AG 329 9 Programming 9 10 Sorting data Introduction Application System function 50 JetSym STX function QSort This chapter describes system function 50 This system function is used to trigger the sorting algorithm provided by the operating system For sorting data in controller registers by their value The sort algorithm is provided by the operating system of the controller The data to be sorted are indirectly addressed through a descriptor using parameter 1 As of JetSym 5 0 system function 50 is outdated Instead apply JetSym STX function QSort The JetSym STX function QSort has been described in detail
77. is powered up the application program will not be launched States of the LEDs Following a correct commissioning the LEDs are lit as follows Ouo site O peseripion O w Logic voltage supply is OK application program has been stopped ERR O orr No error No error 104 Jetter AG JC 940MC Initial commissioning Initial commissioning of a JC 940MC Configuration Creating a program The initial commissioning is based on the following configuration O K a ft a U mi EI O O 2 JC 940MC Controller If you wish to create and check the program proceed as follows ee Enter the program specifications Upload the project to the controller Open a setup window Enter the variable name Count Activate the setup sep E EA i al s Opentneproaemedtor OOOO Z w Jetter AG 105 5 Initial commissioning Software versions The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 For other sample programs refer to JetSym online help JetSym STX program The following program i
78. missing entry WRITEKEYS In the given example Description Allowed values In case of missing entry SYSKEYS Description TestUser3 User s login name A maximum of 31 alphanumeric characters User administration settings are not made testpass User s login password A maximum of 31 alphanumeric characters The user is allowed to log in without password 5 openLock2 10 11 Keys for read access read keys 1 31 or corresponding names No read keys are assigned to the user openLock2 10 11 Keys for write access write keys 1 31 or corresponding names No write keys are assigned to the user No function assigned reserved for future extensions Jetter AG JC 940MC File system As delivered condition Predefined users and keys Introduction Factory settings User admin User system Predefined keys Two predefined users with set rights are included in the file system It is not possible to delete these two users The user administration lets you only change the password for these two users In delivered condition the content of the configuration file included in the controller is as follows USER1 NAME admin PW admin READKEYS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 27 23524 2597 26 27 28 297 30 31 WRITEKEYS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SYSKEYS USER33 NAME system PW system READKEYS 2 3 4 5 6 7
79. not generate the data file It enters the error into the log file Last Number of the last register or flag All valid numbers from the memory area of the corresponding JC 940MC which are equal to or greater than the value for First m Invalid numbers Numbers less than First The device stores only one value First Jetter AG 383 10 Automatic copying of controller data Available commands for access via FTP Example COMMAND 11 Command DaFileWrite DaFile USB1 MyTestData2 da Append 0 Type Register First 1000000 Last 1000000 COMMAND 12 Command DaFileWrite DaFile USB1 MyTestData2 da Append 1 Type Flag First 10 Last 20 COMMAND 13 Command DaFileWrite DaFile USB1 MyTestData2 da Append 1 Type Register First 1000001 Last 1000999 The following commands are available for access via network using FTP Command FtpConnect Description Establishing a connection to an FTP server Parameter name 1 ServerAddr Parameter value 1 IP address or name of FTP server Allowed values P address of the FTP server Name which can be resolved through DNS Illegal values P address other than that of the FTP server Name which cannot be resolved Parameter name 2 UserName Parameter value 2 User name for logging on at the FTP server Parameter name 3 Password Parameter value 3 Password for logging on at the FTP server In the case of a illegal The device does not esta
80. number of data which have been copied into the receiving buffer is returned Initializing the user programmable IP interface see page 345 Establishing a connection see page 346 Terminating a connection see page 355 Sending data see page 350 354 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Terminating a connection Introduction Clear all connections which are no longer required as the number of concurrently opened connections is limited Function declaration Function ConnectionDelete IPConnection Int Int Function parameters Description of the function parameters Parameter Value Comment IPConnection Handle Outcome of the function ConnectionCreate Return value The following return values are possible Return value 0 Connection terminated and deleted 1 Invalid handle How to use this function This way you can invoke the function and assign its return value to a variable for further utilization Result ConnectionDelete hConnection Related topics Establishing a connection see page 346 Sending data see page 350 Receiving data see page 352 Initializing the user programmable IP interface see page 345 Jetter AG 355 9 Programming 9 12 2 Registers Introduction Contents 356 This chapter describes the registers of the JC 940MC from which the current connection list of the user programmable IP interface can be read out These registers can be used fo
81. number specified in the command plus the content of register 272705 Output Offset fc 23 read write registers Reading writing registers simultaneously The starting register number within the JC 940MC is calculated as follows Register number specified in the command plus the content of R 272702 Register Offset Jetter AG 337 9 Programming 9 11 2 Modbus TCP client Introduction Number of possible connections Noncyclical data transmission Cyclical data transmission Combined inputs and outputs The Modbus TCP client included in JC 940MC supports only Class 0 Conformance In this class commands for reading and writing multiple registers are used Up to 125 registers with a width of 16 bits can be transmitted in one frame As protocol ID 0 is used Assignment of sent and received frames is carried out using the transaction ID This chapter describes how to carry out noncyclical or cyclical transmission to a Modbus TCP server using system functions Connections to eleven different Modbus TCP servers may be opened at the same time System functions 65 and 67 reading registers as well as 66 and 68 writing registers are used to establish a noncyclical transmission channel to a Modbus TCP server These system functions establish a connection to the specified Modbus TCP server transmit the desired data and clear down the connection If RemoteScan has already established a connection for cyclical data tran
82. of JX2 system busses Connectable modules Expandability Contents 48 This chapter gives a description of the JX2 system bus interface of the controller JC 940MC communicating via PCI bus At the PCI bus up to two JX2 system busses can be connected The controller JC 940MC is available either without or with one module board Into each module board two JX6 SB I cards can be plugged Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I take on converting the PC internal PCI bus to the JX2 system bus The following modules can be connected to the JX2 system bus of the controller JC 940MC JX2 I O modules JX2 slave modules Servo amplifiers JetMove 1xx JetMove 2xx and JetMove 6xx IP67 modules LioN S and LJX7 CSL Third party CANopen modules e g valve terminals To each of the JX2 system busses up to 31 JX2 I O modules 10 Smart I O modules third party CANopen modules as well as 16 JX2 slave modules or JetMoves can be connected Topic Page Configuration of the controller JC 940MC E01 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeaes 49 JX2 system bus Pin ASSIQNMENE ee eect eee ee cette eee e tates eetaeeeeeeneeeeee 50 JX2 system bus cable Specification ce ceeeeeeeeee sence ee eeeeeeeeteteeeeeetieeeeees 52 Line length and baud rate of the JX2 system DUS eee eeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeee 54 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Configuration of the controller JC 940MC E01 Configuration O
83. port 46000 for receiving data no error has occurred the function is terminated and a positive value is returned as handle for further access to the connection an error has occurred the function is terminated and a negative value is returned Terminating a connection see page 355 Sending data see page 350 Receiving data see page 352 Initializing the user programmable IP interface see page 345 Jetter AG 349 9 Programming Sending data Introduction Function declaration Function parameters Return value Using this function with a TCP IP connection Data can be sent via a previously established TCP IP connection or via a UDP IP connection of a client Via UDP IP connection of a server data cannot be sent but only received Function ConnectionSendData IPConnection Int IPAddr Int IPPort iInt Const Ref SendData DataLen Int Int Description of the function parameters Parameter vae Comment TPConnection Handle Outcome of the function ConnectionCreate Valid IP address Required only for UDP IP client IPPort Valid IP port Required only for UDP IP client SendData Address of the data block to be sent oo 1 4 000 Data block length in bytes The following return values are possible Return value 0 Data have been sent successfully 1 Error when sending e g connection interrupted 3 Invalid handle e g sending via a UDP IP server If data are to be sent
84. settings of the DIP switch at the device Jetter AG 243 9 Programming Setting the DIP switch at The MC JM xxx or JM xxx uses the settings of the DIP switch sliders 1 the MC JM xxx or JM xxx through 8 as GNN The coding is binary Examples GNN 4 Switch 3 is set to ON All other DIP switch sliders are set to OFF GNN 5 DIP switch sliders 1 and 3 are set to ON All other DIP switch sliders are set to OFF GNN 8 Switch 4 is set to ON All other DIP switch sliders are set to OFF Position of the DIP If at the digital servo amplifier an Ethernet port is integrated there is a 10 pin switch sliders at the DIP switch available The illustration below shows the position of the DIP MC JM xxx or JM xxx switch sliders al Jeter Jatov BOS 48D wO Ou LO Ow O OL 0X6 e gt e gs Ea A ols fee pie oe lt Lp e dL 4A es l l gt 2o e sS zel m _ z O X H ETEEN 1O 7o e i E Janus p Ei E Ole E Oa E Ofa E O rezw F
85. state of the digital outputs 20SJ00103 Control register 20SJ00104 Filter time of the inputs 1 through 4 20SJ00105 Filter time of the inputs 5 through 8 Combi module JX6 SV1 20SJ00100 Module ID 20SJ00101 Hardware configuration 20SJ00102 Analog output 20SJ00103 Strobe value encoder value received 20SJ00104 Preset pulse generator 20SJ00105 Count value 20SJ00106 20SJ00107 20SJ00108 20SJ00110 Reference offset Control register Status register Sampling timer Submodule JX6 SB l 20SJ00100 20SJ00101 20SJ00109 20SJ00201 20SJ00202 Operating mode Master Slave Status register Command register Firmware version number Register index of the JX SIO Register date of the JX SIO JX2 system bus registers 20SJ02000 20SJ02008 20SJ02011 20SJ02012 20SJ02013 20SJ02014 20SJ02015 20SJ02016 20SJ02023 20SJ02024 20SJ02028 20SJ02029 20SJ02032 20SJ02039 20SJ02070 20SJ02071 20SJ02072 20SJ02073 20SJ02074 20SJ02077 20SJ02080 20SJ02085 20SJ02086 20SJ02087 20SJ02088 20SJ02638 20SJ02639 20SJ02651 Version of JX2 system bus driver IP Error bit coded Bit 3 1 0 or CANopen module timeout Bit 4 JX2 slave module timeout Bit 9 Error of I O module periphery Bit 13 Error during JX2 system bus initialization Bit14 Timeout of system registers O module number at timeout JX2 slave module number at timeout Amount of connected I O modules Amount of connected JX2 slave modules Index to modu
86. take considerable time Therefore other tasks of the application program are processed while an e mail is being sent Only a function call via e mail is not possible While an e mail of a task is being sent all other tasks which invoke the e mail function are therefore blocked until this operation is completed As of JetSym 5 0 system function 110 is outdated Instead apply JetSym STX function EMailSend The JetSym STX function EMailSend has been described in detail in the online help of JetSym Declaration of functions Function EmailSend Const Ref FileName String Int Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 9 4 Registers Introduction This chapter gives a description of those registers from which you can query the status of e mail processing Contents Topic Page Overview Of registers 0 cc cece eeeeeeeeeeneee ee eeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeesieeeeetieeeeee 326 Register description eee ceeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 327 Jetter AG 325 9 Programming Overview of registers Introduction The device JC 940MC makes the registers available from which you can query the status of e mail processing Stas wesens aates2 PaasosscfhesuPaener O OOOO O aaa Paasesscfne POPS sener OOOO O ama Ponnumoer otte SMTP sever O zsmas Ponnumberot POPS sener O O 326 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Register description R 202930 Web status The Web status register displ
87. the HTML page is uploaded to the browser the HTTP server once replaces the data tags by actual real time controller values To refresh the controller values the HTML page must be reloaded over and over again JC 940MC Namespace tag Namespace tag Structure HTTP server The name namespace tag must be the first entry in the HTML file It has got the following structure lt NS DTAG xmlns NS http jetter de ssi jetcontrol with NS representing the namespace The namespace is a character string with a maximum length of 63 characters The namespace introduced here will be re used for the subsequent data tags The remaining parts of the line are preassigned and have to be specified in exactly the same way In the following examples the namespace applied is JW Jetter AG 145 8 HTTP server Inserting real time controller values Introduction Actual real time controller values are integrated into parameter entries within the sections via tag functions This way the contents respectively states of registers text registers inputs outputs and flags can be displayed Tag delimiters All tags start and end with defined strings Between these tag delimiters the variables are defined Tag start lt JW DTAG Variable definition The variable definition in a tag contains attributes which are used to set for example how the value of a variable is to be displayed name Description Variable name Comments Cod
88. the Hardware Manager Configuring the To detect and configure all hardware devices connected to the controller take hardware the following steps in JetSym In JetSym start the Hardware Manager by clicking on the tab Hardware with the mouse or by pressing Alt 5 on your keyboard Result Hardware E JC940MC_PubSub System E Release Hardware Sy Network H JC 940MC ii CPU PPI JX2 Bus Carrier S ETH Systembus E Motion Control Functions PilHardware Sal setup E Fies Connect the following Jetter AG products with the PC via Ethernet system bus Controller Bus nodes Peripheral modules Axes HMls In Hardware Manager click on the folder Hardware right click Scan Hardware H JC940MC_PubSub System o Release o REGRET l Scan Hardware m J j JE il cru Pi JX2 Bus Carrier a ETH Systembu E Motion Control Functions Pii Hardware S Setup T Files Jetter AG 209 9 Programming Enter an IP address mask A hardware scan applies to the whole IP subnet Therefore you have to enter at least the first three elements of the IP address In this example the IP address of the controller JC 9xx is 192 168 10 170 To detect the control systems and all bus nodes enter 192 168 10 Scan Hardware IP address mask 192 168 10 Scanned Hardware Current Hardware i el Click the button Scan 210 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming The Hardware Manager scans the Je
89. the following cables individually Sem tm JX2 system bus Cable specification see page 52 Line length in mm and baud rate see page 54 Jetter AG 51 4 Mounting and installation JX2 system bus cable specification JX2 system bus cable xan specification Core cross sectional area 1 000 kBaud 0 25 0 34 mm 500 kBaud 0 34 0 50 mm 250 kBaud 0 34 0 60 mm 125 kBaud 0 50 0 60 mm Cable capacitance 60 pF m max Resistivity 1 000 kBaud 70 Q km max 500 kBaud 60 Q km max 250 kBaud 60 Q km max 125 kBaud 60 Q km max Shielding Complete shielding no paired shielding Connection diagram 1 2 1 mer Bc 1 2 C 2 3 m1 CI 3 4 C 4 5 en 5 6 NCI 6 7 GI 7 8 7 3 N 8 9 x 9 Number Pat Desertion a Male Sub D connector 9 pin For connection to BUS OUT a Female Sub D connector For connection to BUS IN 9 pin Ew Not connected Do not connect these pins 52 Jetter AG JC 940MC Male Sub D connector Female Sub D connector Mounting and installation Pinout of the 9 pin male Sub connector at the JX2 system bus cable Pin Signatname peseripton 1 O OMODEO commissio OOOO za OOo o oma 5 TERM Short circuited with pin 3 Pinout of the 9 pin female Sub D connector to the JX2 system bus cable Opn Sionatname Deseripton a GND Reference potential Jet
90. which they do not have the required key In case of an FTP IP connection these directories and files are not displayed Administrator rights are required for user administration The properties of user administration are as follows Number of predefined users Length of a user name Password length 31 alphanumeric characters 1 You can make settings for user administration in three files located in the folder System File Deseripton O flashdisklock ini Assignment of locks to directories Assignment of names to locks keys These files are always existing They cannot be deleted but only modified or overwritten Please take the following restrictions into account User administration can only be applied to the internal flash disk It cannot be applied to the USB flash drive f user administration has been assigned to a file its contents are readable at once The settings become active when the system is rebooted Jetter AG 121 6 File system Contents Topic Page Administration Of Users osred iaa eaten deen esciegen edi eaagles 123 As delivered condition Predefined users and keys 125 ASSIGNING IOCKS nce e 2 cc ceded avec sa anebesidevicest idaneeeeadd decd cease tevetitiectadicee duit deecteeares 126 Assigning names to KeyS IOCKS ccccceeeceeeeneeeeeeneeeseenaeeeseenaeeeeeetaneeeeenas 128 122 Jetter AG JC 940MC File system Administration of users Introduction Prerequisites Admini
91. 000 230002 JC 360 MC JC 940MC JetIP TCP JC 340 JC 350 212000 212000 212002 JC 360 MC JC 940MC STX Debug Number of connections The number of currently established connections can be read from module register 0 Module register properties Values 0 4 JetIP TCP server 0 20 STX debug server Mode If the maximum number of connections is active and if the server is to establish a new connection module registers 1 and 2 determine the behavior Module register properties Values 0 2 Value after reset 1 Jetter AG 263 9 Programming Minimum inactivity time If the maximum number of connections is active and if the server is to establish a new connection module registers 1 and 2 determine the behavior Module register properties Values 1 2 147 483 647 ms Value after reset 1 264 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 4 Startup delay register Introduction The device JC 940MC provides a register to which a delay time can be written Application The boot process of the device is delayed by the entered delay time Contents Topic Page Setting the startup delay c cccccecenecetseececeeeeeteceeseaeeceseeeseceedeeceaeeseeteceeees 266 Jetter AG 265 9 Programming Setting the startup delay Introduction If other devices connected to the bus have got a longer startup time the boot process must be delayed Set delay time To set the delay time proceed
92. 00020002 1001020002 regiNT v ojo a o Sub_BN_OO1_JX3_Al4_02_Channel2 BN_001_JX3Al4 02Channel2 regINT s 100020003 0 legt O lo 0 o Z Sub_BN_O01_JX3_Al4_02 Channel BN_OM1_M3Al4 02 Channel regiNT 100020004 0 wont i Lo fo 0 o E Sub BN_001_JK3_Al4_02_Channel4 BN_OO1_JX3 Ald_02_Channel4 regINT 100020005 Jo regNT o a o o E Sub_BN_001_JX3_Al4_02_Status BN_001_JX3_Al4 02 Status regINT 100020000 0 regNT v D 0 o Z _ Sub_BN_001_x3_D1016_03_Status BN_001_3X3_DI016_03_Status reglNT v 100030000 0 eont o o o Sub_BN_001_JX3_DID16_03 Inputs BN_OO1_JX3_DIO16_03 Inputs regiNT 100030002 0 tegINT v o 0 o SubFromBN_001 X Jetter AG 225 9 Programming o Pat O Description OE Active In the check box Active you can add or remove individual subscriptions Local Name Local Name of the subscription consists of the following components Prefix Sub BN for Bus Node GNN of the corresponding device JX3_DIO16 Name of the corresponding peripheral module Second peripheral module Outputs What is being addressed m Input Output Status Channel x Remote Name Name of the local module register of the removed device Remote Type Presently supported regint and regFloat The variable subscribed to is 32 bits wide the interpretation can be set Remote Register Module register of the remote device Register The copy of the Remote Register subscribed to is stored to this register Type Presently sup
93. 03 By means of NetCopy commands you can precisely locate the error and fix the root cause This works because GNN IP address and port number of the other network node are known Make sure the contents of registers 39nnn0O through 39nnn5 are read by the application program Further registers having got a value unequal zero indicate that further network nodes have reported an error Make sure you also clear these errors 238 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 3 4 NetConsistency function Target Application System properties Configuration data The NetConsistency master The goal of NetConsistency is automated comparison of actual system properties with the set system properties If the actual system properties are not in accordance with the set system properties the respective issues are automatically replaced within the system by the set system properties The user can take the following actions by applying NetConsistency Exchanging a defective system component a network node by simply adjusting it to the new system component within an engineered plant The JetControl which is the NetConsistency master automatically configures the new system component by all kinds of information given in the former system component Easily updating an already existing plant Download of the new system properties to the NetConsistency master JetControl is required JetControl automatically recognizes the difference be
94. 08 21092116 4214 801 808 809 816 901 908 909 916 4101 2109 2116 2201 2208 4215 809 816 901 908 909 916 1001 1008 4102 2201 2208 22092216 4216 901 908 909 916 1001 1008 1009 1016 4103 2209 2216 2301 2308 4217 909 916 1001 1008 1009 1016 1101 1108 4104 2301 2308 2309 2316 4218 1001 1008 1009 1016 1101 1108 1109 1116 4105 2309 2316 2401 2408 4219 1009 1016 1101 1108 1109 1116 1201 1208 4106 2401 2408 2409 2416 4220 1101 1108 1109 1116 1201 1208 1209 1216 4221 1109 1116 1201 1208 1209 1216 1301 1308 4222 1201 1208 1209 1216 1301 1308 1309 1316 8 combined inputs 4223 1209 1216 1301 1308 1309 1316 1401 1408 4224 1301 1308 1309 1316 1401 1408 1409 1416 JX2 system bus 20SJ00000 4225 1309 1316 1401 1408 1409 1416 1501 1508 Network 1nnn910000 4226 1401 1408 1409 1416 1501 1508 1509 1516 4120 101 108 4227 1409 1416 1501 1508 1509 1516 1601 1608 4121 109 116 4228 1501 1508 1509 1516 1601 1608 1609 1616 4122 201 208 4229 1509 1516 1601 1608 1609 1616 1701 1708 4123 209 216 4230 1601 1608 1609 1616 1701 1708 1709 1716 4124 301 308 4231 1609 1616 1701 1708 1709 1716 1801 1808 4125 309 316 4232 1701 1708 1709 1716 1801 1808 1809 1816 4126 401 408 4233 1709 1716 1801 1808 1809 1816 1901 1908 4127 409 416 4234 1801 1808 1809 1816 1901 1908 1909 1916 4128 501 508 4235 1809 1816 1901 1908 1909 1916 2001 2008 4129 509
95. 12 223 544 576 608 640 612 2 704 736 768 800 832 864 896 928 960 992 1024 1056 1088 1120 1152 1184 1216 1248 1280 1312 1344 1376 1408 1440 1472 1504 1536 1568 1600 1632 1664 1696 1728 1760 1792 1824 1856 1888 1920 1952 1984 2016 1000000 1000001 1000002 1000003 1000004 1000005 1000006 1000007 1000008 1000009 1000010 1000011 1000012 1000013 1000014 1000015 1000016 1000017 1000018 1000019 1000020 1000021 1000022 1000023 1000024 1000025 1000026 1000027 1000028 1000029 1000030 1000031 1000032 1000033 1000034 1000035 1000036 1000037 1000038 1000039 1000040 1000041 1000042 1000043 1000044 1000045 1000046 1000047 1000048 1000049 1000050 1000051 1000052 1000053 1000054 1000055 2112 2128 2144 2160 2176 2192 2208 2224 2240 2256 2272 2288 System function For reasons of compatibility the system functions are listed below In JetSym STX use the corresponding JetSym STX functions instead of system functions 2127 2143 2159 2175 2191 2207 2223 2239 2255 2271 2287 2303 287 319 351 383 415 447 479 511 543 575 607 639 671 703 735 767 799 831 863 895 927 959 991 1023 1055 1087 1119 1151 1183 1215 12
96. 147 483 647 overflowing Jetter AG 279 9 Programming R 201003 Application time base units for R 201002 This register contains the multiplier for runtime register R 201002 Register properties Values 1 2 147 483 647 10 ms Value after reset 10 gt 100 ms Enabling conditions After atleast 10 ms R 201004 System time base in milliseconds Every millisecond this register value is incremented by one Register properties Values 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 overflowing Type of access Read R 201005 System time base in microseconds Every microsecond this register value is incremented by one Register properties Values 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 overflowing Type of access Read 280 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Sample program Runtime registers Task Measure how much time it takes to store variable values to a file Solution Before storing the values set register 201000 to 0 Once the values have been stored you can see from this register how much time it took to store the values in milliseconds Software versions The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 For other sample programs refer to JetSym online help JetSym STX program Var DataArray Array 2000 Of Int Filel File WriteTime Int WritelIt Bool MilliSec Int At VL 201000 End Var Task WriteToFile Autorun
97. 192 168 10 15 S A JC 940Mc Hi JX3 BN ETH Wi CPU PPT Ux3 Al4 PP JX2 Bus Carrier a 192 168 10 170 S F JC 940MC iw CPU TPI JX2 Bus Carrier Hil JC 940MC fii CPU i JX2 Bus Carrier H JX3 BN ETH THI Ux3 4l4 parameters Hardware E JC940MC_PubSub System gt Release ay Hardware Sy Network B BT JC 940MC iit cru Ppl JX2 Bus Carrier Gg ETH Systembus Hi JX3 BN ETH 001 PPI JKA B ETH Systembus E Motion Control Functions Ip Hardware Bal Setup E Files Click the button Submit The window closes The Hardware Manager has taken over the hardware Jetter AG 113 5 Initial commissioning Download the current configuration to the controller by clicking the file Network and right click on the menu item Download All Configurations Hardware E JC940MC_PubSub System Release Sy Hardware Add Module Download all Configurations Delete all node configurations Advanced configuration Gg ETH Systembus E Motion Control Functions PP Hardware Fllsetup Files Activate the programming environment by entering Alt 0 on your keyboard As an alternative you can click the tab File 12 Enter the program shown below 13 Compile the program Oou Upload the program to the controller The trace window shows the status of the peripheral module JX3 Al4 The status indication is updated every 2 seconds Software versions The sample program h
98. 2 system bus Bus nodes on a JX2 system bus Bus nodes on a JX3 system bus Analog modules on a JX3 system bus Digital inputs and outputs on a JX3 system bus Topic Page Updating the operating system of the controller cccceeeeeeeetteees 394 OS update Of a MOCUIEC cc ccc ce cececececesececececececesececececececeeeceseseeeeess 401 393 11 Operating system update 11 1 Updating the operating system of the controller Introduction Contents 394 This chapter describes how to update the OS of the controller JC 940MC There are several options to transfer the OS file to the controller From within the programming tool JetSym Via FTP connection From the application program Topic Page OS update by means of JetSyM ooo ececeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeetteeeeetneeeeee 395 Operating system update Via FTP cceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeee 396 Automatic OS update from USB flash drive c cccccseeseceeeeeeeeeeeenees 397 Operating system update from within the application program 398 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating system update OS update by means of JetSym Introduction The programming tool JetSym offers an easy way to transfer an OS file to the JC 940MC Prerequisites An OS file for the JC 940MC is available AUDPI IP and a TCP IP connection between programming tool and IP port of the JC 940MC is possible The number of the dev
99. 20 ETH 2 Static route of the subnet mask 101221 ETH 2 Static route of the gateway 101222 ETH 3 Static route of the IP address 101223 ETH 3 Static route of the subnet mask 101224 ETH 3 Static route of the gateway 101232 HOSTNAME suffix type 101233 Host name register string 101251 101264 JetIP port number 101265 Port number for STX debugger 101299 Write trigger 0x77566152 Real time clock 102910 102911 102912 102913 102914 102915 102916 102917 Direct access Milliseconds Seconds Minutes Hours Weekday 0 Sunday Day Month Year Jetter AG 417 14 Quick reference JC 9xx Buffer access 102920 Milliseconds 102921 Seconds 102922 Minutes 102923 Hours 102924 Day of the week 0 Sunday 102925 Day 102926 Month 102927 Year 102928 Read write trigger Ethernet Link status 104002 Link status ETH1 0 No link 10 10 MBit s half duplex 20 10 MBit s full duplex 100 100 MBit s half duplex 200 100 MBit s full duplex 1000 1000 MBit s half duplex 2000 1000 MBit s full duplex 104004 Link status ETH2 0 No link 10 10 MBit s half duplex 20 10 MBit s full duplex 100 100 MBit s half duplex 200 100 MBit s full duplex 1000 1000 MBit s half duplex 2000 1000 MBit s full duplex 1 ETH 1 X14 2 ETH 2 X15 3 ETH 3 X16 104553 IP address 104554 Subnet mask 104555 Gateway CPU 108002 All LEDs on off bit coded Bit 0 LED RUN Bit 1 LED ERR Bit 2 LED D1 108003 LED RUN 0
100. 2301 2308 4277 909 916 1001 1008 4365 2309 2316 4278 1001 1008 1009 1016 4366 2401 2408 4279 1009 1016 1101 1108 4367 2409 2416 4280 1101 1108 1109 1116 4281 1109 1116 1201 1208 4282 1201 1208 1209 1216 Special flags for networks 4283 1209 1216 1301 1308 2075 Error in networking via JetIP 4284 1301 1308 1309 1316 4285 1309 1316 1401 1408 4286 1401 1408 1409 1416 4287 1409 1416 1501 1508 Special flags Publish subscribe 4288 1501 1508 1509 1516 2080 Enable for publishing an error 0 ie SF 2081 Error collection of the subscriber 4291 1609 1616 1701 1708 4292 1701 1708 1709 1716 4293 1709 1716 1801 1808 Special flags Interface monitoring 4294 1801 1808 1809 1816 4295 1809 1816 1901 1908 aa bee e 4296 1901 1908 1909 1916 Set Nag ve 4297 1909 1916 2001 2008 2098 OS flag Debug server 4298 2001 2008 2009 2016 2099 User flag Debug server 4299 2009 2016 2101 2108 4300 2101 2108 2109 2116 4301 2109 2116 2201 2208 32 combined flags 4302 2201 2208 2209 2216 4303 2209 2216 2301 2308 203100 0 31 4304 2301 2308 2309 2316 203101 32 63 4305 2309 2316 2401 2408 203102 64 95 4306 2401 2408 2409 2416 203103 96 127 203104 128 159 203105 160 191 8 combined outputs 203106 192 223 203107 224 255 JX2 system bus 20SJ00000 Network 1nnn910000 4320 101 108 4321 109 116 4322 201 208 4323 209 216 4324 301 308 4325 309 31
101. 37 4 1 Interfaces ai ssdiscsiscccnisedadsin es innana aia ianed sasassietcenodaciesasaceuctoa sslesnnauduasuasstavaaduwdlnauaais 38 Power supply terminal X10 ccccceceeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeceeeeeseceaaaeeeeeeeeeseseaeeeeeeeeeseesncieeeeeees 39 Ethernet port ETH 1 Jack X14 ss scccescce deerseccceceenedccexsacccecta nas pai aiana iaaa aaa denseacanstanadacexhaees 41 Ethernet port ETH 2 jack X15 cc cecssccccccasaicasdadnsacceasadacagte cadevenaqactaasensdccexnpacdnctanaddveasascadetanesacexseens 43 Ethernet port ETH 3 Jack X16 ccc cecsscce xcs sascaasacnsacueasacecasnensadversqncdsanenadacexapecdastenadcvenseacanstanedacexanees 45 USB port Jacks X61 t0 XO4 co ciccsceccersaccadscnaadcessancaaate nse ver qacteabecadcwevapacdactapadaveasaacatAteeeccexsaees 47 4 2 JX2 system bus interface communicating Via PCI DUS cccccesceeeeseseeeeeseeeeseneeeeeeneeeenens 48 Configuration of the controller JC 940MC E01 eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeaeeeeeenaeees 49 JX2 system bus Pin ASSIGNMENT ee cece ceeccececeeecececeeneeceeneneeeeesneeceeeaeeceetaneeeeeneeaeeeeneeaeeneneaaes 50 JX2 system bus cable Specification cccecccecseeeeceeeeneeceeneneeceeneneeceenenaeceenenaeeeenenaeeeenseaeeneneaees 52 Line length and baud rate of the JX2 system DUS cece eeeeeeeeneeee ee ttteeeeeeeeeeeetieeeeeenaeeeeeeea 54 4 3 Local JX6 I O submodules connected via PCI DUS cccessseeceeseneee
102. 4 Operating system update from within the application program 405 Jetter AG 401 11 Operating system update OS update by means of JetSym Introduction The programming tool JetSym offers an easy way to transfer an OS file to a module connected to the system bus of the controller Prerequisites An OS file for the module is available AUDPI IP and a TCP IP connection between programming tool and IP port of the controller is possible timeout 4 000 ms min The number of the controller in the configuration memory is set as IP basic port number for JetIP communication The operating system is running The controller has put the system bus into operation without any errors The boot loader or the operating system of the module is running The controller must remain energized during the OS update process Updating the OS To update the OS proceed as follows In JetSym click on the menu Build and select item Update OS or click in the Advanced Configuration window of the Hardware Manager on OS Update Result The file selection dialog opens Select the new OS file here Result In JetSym a confirmation dialog opens Confirm by clicking Yes Result JetSym opens an input box for entering the interface type and module number Enter the number of the module board 1 the number of the submodule 1 or 2 and the module number 2 63 Launch the OS upload by clicking the button Update
103. 47 1279 1311 1343 1375 1407 1439 1471 1503 1535 1567 1599 1631 1663 1695 1727 1759 1791 1823 1855 1887 1919 1951 1983 2015 2047 4 5 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 50 60 61 65 67 66 68 80 85 81 82 90 91 92 96 110 150 151 152 Conversion from BCD to HEX Conversion from HEX to BCD Square root Sine Cosine Tangent Arc sine Arc cosine Arc tangent Exponential function Natural logarithm Absolute value Separation of digits before and after the decimal point Sorting register values CRC generation for Modbus RTU CRC check for Modbus RTU Reading register block via Modbus TCP Writing register block via Modbus TCP Initializing RemoteScan Starting RemoteScan Stopping RemoteScan Writing a data file Appending a data file Reading a data file Deleting a data file Sending an e mail Configuring NetCopyList Deleting NetCopyList Sending NetCopyList JetSym STX functions System function 4 5 50 60 61 65 67 66 68 80 85 81 82 90 91 92 110 150 151 152 Corresponding JetSym STX function Function Bcd2Hex Bcd Int Int Function Hex2Bcd Hex Int Int Function QSort DataPtr Int ElementCnt Int ElementSize Int SortOffset Int SortType STXBASETYPE SortMode QSORTMODE Int Function ModbusCRCgen FramePtr Int Length Int Int Function ModbusCRCcheck FramePtr Int Length Int Int Function ModbusReadReg Const Ref MbParam MOD
104. 6 4326 401 408 4327 409 416 4328 501 508 4329 509 516 4330 601 608 4331 609 616 4332 701 708 4333 709 716 4334 801 808 4335 809 816 4336 901 908 4337 909 916 4338 1001 1008 4339 1009 1016 4340 1101 1108 4341 1109 1116 4342 1201 1208 4343 1209 1216 4344 1301 1308 4345 1309 1316 4346 1401 1408 4347 1409 1416 4348 1501 1508 4349 1509 1516 4350 1601 1608 4351 1609 1616 4352 1701 1708 4353 1709 1716 4354 1801 1808 4355 1809 1816 4356 1901 1908 4357 1909 1916 16 combined flags 203108 203109 203110 203111 203112 203113 203114 203115 203116 203117 203118 203119 203120 203121 203122 203123 0 15 16 31 32 47 48 63 64 79 80 95 96 111 112 127 128 143 144 159 160 175 176 191 192 207 208 223 224 239 240 255 32 combined special flags 203124 203125 203126 203127 203128 203129 203130 203131 2048 2080 2112 2144 2176 2208 2240 2272 2079 2111 2143 2175 2207 2239 2271 2303 16 combined special flags 203132 203133 203134 203135 2048 2064 2080 2096 2063 ss 2079 2095 s2111 Jetter AG 425 14 Quick reference JC 9xx 203136 203137 203138 203139 203140 203141 203142 203143 203144 203145 203146 203147 Overlaid application registers flags 256 288 320 352 384 416 448 480 B
105. 60 2101 2108 4073 709 716 801 808 4161 2109 2116 4074 801 808 809 816 4162 2201 2208 4075 809 816 901 908 4163 2209 2216 4076 901 908 909 916 4164 2301 2308 4077 909 916 1001 1008 4165 2309 2316 4078 1001 1008 1009 1016 4166 2401 2408 4079 1009 1016 1101 1108 4167 2409 2416 4080 1101 1108 1109 1116 4081 1109 1116 1201 1208 7 4082 1201 1208 1209 1216 32 combined outputs 4083 1209 1216 1301 1308 JX2 system bus 20SJ00000 4084 1301 1308 1309 1316 Network 1nnn910000 4085 1309 1316 1401 1408 4200 101 108 109 116 201 208 209 216 4086 1401 1408 1409 1416 4201 109 116 201 208 209 216 301 308 pa r h or 4202 201 208 209 216 301 308 309 316 4089 1509 1516 16011608 4203 209 216 301 308 309 316 401 408 4090 1601 1608 1609 1616 4204 301 308 309 316 401 408 409 416 4091 1609 1616 17011708 4205 309 316 401 408 409 416 501 508 4092 1701 1708 1709 1716 4206 401 408 409 416 501 508 509 516 4093 1709 1716 18011808 4207 409 416 501 508 509 516 601 608 4094 1801 1808 1809 1816 4208 501 508 509 516 601 608 609 616 4095 1809 1816 19011908 4209 509 516 601 608 609 616 701 708 4096 1901 1908 1909 1916 4210 601 608 609 616 701 708 709 716 4097 1909 1916 2001 2008 4211 609 616 701 708 709 716 801 808 4098 2001 2008 2009 2016 4212 701 708 709 716 801 808 809 816 4099 2009 2016 2101 2108 4213 709 716 801 808 809 816 901 908 4100 2101 21
106. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 WRITEKEYS 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 723 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SYSKEYS All keys are available to this user admin and he she is therefore able to read all directories and files and to write to them All keys except for key 1 are available to user system too Two out of the 31 keys have a predefined function 1 Ethernet configuration User administration a 2 Operating system update of the CPU Operating system update of JX2 and JX3 modules Jetter AG 125 6 File system Assigning locks Introduction Prerequisites Installing the lock Structure of the file System flashdisklock ini Section In the configuration file System flashdisklock ini you assign locks to directories located on the flash memory Only users with the corresponding key are allowed to read or write delete files and subdirectories located in these directories If you want to use names for the locks you must make them known to the device beforehand Therefore set up the names first Setting up names for keys locks see page 128 To assign a lock to a directory proceed as follows Establish an FTP connection to the device when doing so log in with administrator rights 2 Open the file System flashdisklock ini Adjust the file entries Save the changed file to the device za Reboot the device Result
107. 908 85 Set CAN ot bis 4034 1801 1808 1809 1816 1901 1908 1909 1916 9 Set CAN ID to 29 bits 4035 1809 1816 1901 1908 1909 1916 2001 2008 a 4036 1901 1908 1909 1916 2001 2008 2009 2016 10 Check boxes for received messages 4037 1909 1916 2001 2008 2009 2016 2101 2108 208410503 FIFO buffer occupancy 4038 2001 2008 2009 2016 2101 2108 2109 2116 20810504 FIFO data 4039 2009 2016 2101 2108 2109 2116 2201 2208 208J10506 Global receiving mask 4040 2101 2108 2109 2116 2201 2208 2209 2216 4041 2109 2116 2201 2208 2209 2216 2301 2308 20SJ10507 Global receive ID 4042 2201 2208 2209 2216 2301 2308 2309 2316 4043 2209 2216 2301 2308 2309 2316 2401 2408 20SJ10530 Status register of the box 4044 2301 2308 2309 2316 2401 2408 2409 2416 Box 20 a Configuration register of the box 16 combined inputs OX 208J10532 CAN ID JX2 system bus 20SJ00000 Box 20 Network 1nnn910000 20SJ10533 Number of data bytes 4060 101 108 109 116 Box 20 4061 109 116 201 208 FESH Data bytes 4062 201 208 209 216 4063 209 216 301 308 Box 20 4064 301 308 309 316 4065 309 316 401 408 Jetter AG 423 14 Quick reference JC 9xx 4066 401 408 409 416 4154 1801 1808 4067 409 416 501 508 4155 1809 1816 4068 501 508 509 516 4156 1901 1908 4069 509 516 601 608 4157 1909 1916 4070 601 608 609 616 4158 2001 2008 4071 609 616 701 708 4159 2009 2016 4072 701 708 709 716 41
108. 97 9 Programming Indirect addressing of remote modules Introduction Register overview Addressing scheme Indirect addressing lets you access module registers of the controller and enter addresses of remote devices into a register array of the controller The controller internally resolves indirect addressing via JetSym This way it permits read and write access to register contents of the remote network nodes Overview of the registers allowing indirect addressing of remote nodes 235 000 GNN 235000 235199 Register array for IP addresses 235400 GNN 235400 235599 Register array of port number registers 236000 ppp 236000 236199 Register array for the Index 1innn980ppp 1nnn980000 1nnn980199 Register array for the Content with nnn GNN in the array 000 199 ppp in the array 000 199 In order to access network nodes via register number there are three register arrays of 200 registers each available in the JC 9xx controller series The three register arrays have got room for variables by which you have at the moment got read and write access to 200 contents of remote network nodes The addressing scheme for contents of indirect addressing is as follows 1 n jn jn 9 8 0 p p p 2 3 4 O Bement Description Register number Can be used directly GNN nnn 001 199 Global Node Number GNN of the remote network node Design
109. A lock is assigned to this directory This configuration file is a text file containing one section In this section values can be set which are then used by the file system Specify each directory with its lock number in an individual line You can insert blank lines as required The following characters precede a comment line or The section is named LOCKS Here locks are assigned to directories in accordance with the following rule Directory Lock Example LOCKS test1 0 testl sub1 2 testl sub2 5 test2 userlock2 126 Jetter AG JC 940MC File system Lock numbers Use the following lock numbers The valid lock numbers are 0 31 Lock number 0 No lock is assigned to this directory You can access this directory without any special permissions You can use numbers or previously defined names Jetter AG 127 6 File system Assigning names to keys locks Introduction Configuring names Structure of the file System keys ini Section Keys locks are consecutively numbered from 1 through 31 To provide ease of handling a name can be assigned to each key lock combination These names are assigned in the configuration file System keys ini To assign names to keys locks proceed as follows Establish an FTP connection to the device when doing so log in with administrator rights 2 Open the file System keys ini Adjust the file entries 4
110. AG 421 14 Quick reference JC 9xx 470049 Number of characters of the error message 470050 Text of the error message 470157 First instance 471010 Status Bit 0 1 Error Bit 1 1 Alarms Bit 2 1 An instance has been initialized Bit 3 1 Execution in process 471011 Command 0 There are no commands Application registers 1000000 32 bit integer or floating point number remanent 1119999 Basic register for initializing the PCI bus 20SJ00000 Global control register Bit 30 Initialization completed Bit 31 Error when initializing 20SJ00001 Command register 4 Initializing the bus 20SJ00002 Number of detected module boards 20SJ00005 Bus initialization status 0 Initialization is running 1 Initialization OK 1 Error when initializing 20SJ00006 Number of JX2 modules 20SJ00007 Types of the JX6 I O submodules 73 JX6 SB and JX6 SB I 5 JX6 SV1 16 JX6 I016CB 20SJ00010 Timeout while waiting for resetting the command 20SJ00011 Timeout while waiting for semaphore 20SJ00012 Timeout in the interpreter for total access Access to controller modules JX6 SB I Flag 2105 1 reports an error 20SJ00050 Access error controller module Slot number 1 20SJ00051 Access error controller module Axis number 1 20SJ00052 Access error controller module Register number Digital I O module JX6 I016CB 20SJ00100 State of the digital inputs 20SJ00101 State of digital outputs 20SJ00102 Error
111. BN_001 da NetConsistency xml Publisher pub Publisher_BN_001 pub Subscriber sub Subscriber BN 001 sub The following files are copied to the local controller Normally the controller has got GNN 000 ModConfig da NetConsistency xml The following files are copied to the bus node Publisher pub Subscriber sub ModConfig da 216 Jetter AG JC 940MC Publish subscribe Configuration Programming Recommendation Jetter AG advises the use of JetSym Hardware Manager for this task Experienced users may also transfer these files via FTP e g when the bus node has been replaced Important Note Do not delete these files They are required by JetSym the controller and the bus nodes If you delete for instance the file ModConfig_BN_001 da you are no longer able to access remote I Os Publish subscribe identification pub ID sub ID An ID is assigned to each publication and subscription The range of 0 9 999 999 is reserved for user defined publication and subscription IDs JetSym uses the range starting from 10 000 000 The structure of a publication ID is 10 nnn bcc where nnn number of the bus node nnn is the Global Node Number GNN Value range 001 199 normally 000 is assigned to the local controller b Sender identification 0 controller 1 bus node also for controllers used as I O expansion etc cc consecutive number of the publication
112. BUS_PARAM Int Function ModbusWriteReg Const Ref MbParam MODBUS_PARA WM Int Function RemoteScanConfig Protocol RSCAN_PROTOCOL Elements Int Const Ref Configuration RSCAN_DSCR Int Function RemoteScanStart Protocol Int Int Function RemoteScanStop Protocol Int Int Function FileDAWrite Const Ref FileName String Const Ref Mode String VarType DAWRITE_TYPE First Int Last Int Int Function FileDARead Const Ref FileName String Int Function EmailSend Const Ref FileName String Int Function NetCopyListConfig IPAddr Int IPPort Int Const Ref List TNetCopyLinstL Int Function NetCopyListSend Handle Int Int Function NetCopyListDelete Handle Int Int 426 Jetter AG JC 940MC Appendix Appendix Introduction This appendix contains electrical and mechanical data as well as operating data Contents Topic Page Technical Specifications cececceccececeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeseseeseaeeeeees 428 ake eerie sere er estate entire nie a er ene ene eae nae rere 435 Jetter AG 427 14 Appendix A Technical specifications Introduction Contents 428 This chapter contains information on electrical and mechanical data as well as on operating data of the JC 940MC Topic Page Technical Gata es cscs iiaii aa E inkaa 429 Physical dimensions iiietannctnaneedeniesiehinndeerivaneenen T a AE 430 Operating parameters Environment and mechanics 2
113. EEEE EEE E 311 Se lion DEFAULT serrera EEE EE EEEE EEEE 313 Configuration file Examples ecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseneaeeeseeaeeeseneaeeeseeeeeeeseeaeeeeenaees 314 Creating e mails oicic sciccicccccssieccctsstecctccee ee eraai aanne cbccdeestdceneeccuccnnestauenes canceieessacer a AERES 315 Name of the e mail template file 2 0 2 2 ee ce cceecceceeeeeeeecee cece ee eeeeceaeaeeeeeeeeedeeaaeaeeeeeeesesenneeeeeeeenees 316 Structure of the e mail template file ececceecececeeeeeeeecee cece cece ee eeaeaeeeeeeeeeseccaeeeeeeeeesecsanaeeeeees 317 Inserting real time Controller values c cece ee eeee cece sent eect eaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeeeenateeeeeaas 319 Sending AN emails srananira nanna de ceeeeaue Seeeee deed eiqeauaceteeadaeesvaueleceeadecucasaucterescosenes 324 Registers 22 fii Sh api ate Re eR ei ele eee ect 325 Overview Of reQiSters ececececeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseeeaeeeseneaeeeseeaeesenaeees 326 Register description 0 00 cceeeeeee reenter eee ne ee erent ee enter eee ee ee teee ee eeee ee teeeeeneeeee teaser sneeeee 327 MOONUNIN GC eabea ee oicc2 soos cs teh Secs tk ech KEANE dew ENA ecards Sevexauadveees duct sevenabeeescaaenex 330 Modbus TCP sssri eae ee eR i a A et 331 Modbus TCP Servalen innon hic nin ein end ein en ni eee 332 AGOPCSSING rero an a E E areas uaeicti deca 333 Supported commands Class Osis naninira a i a a a aa a 335 Supported
114. FileCopy USB1 UserProgs start ini app start ini 63 byte 6 Ok FileCopy USB1 UserProgs userprogtest es3 app userprogtest userprogtest es3 169 byte 7 Error DaFileRead USB1 UserData MyTestData da Command statistics Total 7 Ok 5 Warning 1 Error 1 Description When for each executed AutoCopy function a section is appended to an existing log file the log file consists of three elements The header contains date and time The following block contains information on the executed commands Finally it contains short statistics on command processing In the above example an error occurs when trying to create the directory app as this directory already exists This error enters the device as a warning When the device reads the DA file an error also occurs This error enters the device as an error into the log file 390 Jetter AG JC 940MC Automatic copying of controller data 10 4 Data files Introduction This chapter covers data files where register and flag values are stored Contents Topic Page Pil formateren a a Gos ees 392 Jetter AG 391 10 Automatic copying of controller data File format Format The data file consists of the following elements Pure text file Each entry must be in a separate line of text Each line must be terminated by carriage return line feed Comment lines must be preceded by Each data file is to start with the entry SD1007 Data lines A data lin
115. Ifthe subscription exists R 250x11 shows its ID e Ifthe subscription does not exist R 250x11 shows value 1 In this case enter the ID of the subscription into R 250x11 e lf the subscription exists the content of R 250x11 is kept e Ifthe subscription does not exist R 250x11 shows value 1 ister Name Desenpton Index Index of the subscriptions 0 Selects the first subscription 1 Selects the next subscription 2 etc 25011 D OOO The ID of the subscription is entered The following registers show the configuration of a subscription which you have selected via R 250x10 and R 250x11 Register Name escrinion Status Bit 0 Publication received Bit 1 Timeout 0 Cyclic 1 Upon request Number of As configured variables 50123 roupacoess Ascontowea O 50128 Hashes OOOOOOO 250125 Sequence number mema usage 50128 Datasize mematusae O OO Number of received publications Amount of timeouts Amount of missing The subscriber of a publication computes the sequence difference between present and last received numbers sequence number If the value of the difference is greater than one certain publications have not been received 231 9 Programming Registers for error detection Registers for administration of all publications Publisher status If a subscription has not received any process data from the assigned publication before timeout the subscription will generate an error Fu
116. JX6 SV1 56 JX2 system bus JX2 system bus cable 52 Line length in mm and baud rate 54 Terminal assignment 50 K Terminals Terminal Power supply 39 Quick reference 417 L Runtime registers 278 LEDs of the controller 61 LEDs of the submodule JX6 SB l 65 Physical dimensions 24 Modbus TCP e 331 Modbus TCP client 338 340 Modbus TCP server 332 Installation Installing the controller JC 940MC 72 N Usage other than intended 12 Jetter AG 435 Index P Personnel qualification 12 Product descriptions JC 940MC 18 Programming the local JX6 I O submodules 287 Digital JX6 I O submodule JX6 IO16CB 290 Combi module JX6 SV1 295 Sample program 302 R Register number of CANopen modules on the JX2 system bus 179 of IP67 I O modules on the JX2 system bus 177 of JX2 slave modules on the JX2 system bus 174 of JX2 I O modules on the JX2 system bus 175 of JX3 Il O modules on the JX2 system bus 175 of local JX6 I O modules 175 Removing Removing a controller JC 940MC 73 Repair 12 S Mode selector S11 69 Monitoring interface activities 282 Setting the IP address remanent 91 Setting the IP address automatically via the USB flash drive 94 Setting the IP address via 90 Safety instructions 11 Memory types 155 Setting the startup delay 266 Setting a static route 99 T Pushbutton S10 68 Technical specifi
117. JetIPScan at executing the NetConsistency function After the boot process of the JetControl and thus after executing the NetConsistency function the network nodes can be reached by the network configurations set in the Hardware Manager Program run at NetConsistency passes the following states of the JetControl boot process NetConsistency sep sipn a The basic driver is initialized 2 An instance is initialized 3 The functions of NetConsistency is executed 248 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Register description NetConsistency basic driver R 470000 R 470008 Cookie This register shows the beginning of the NetConsistency registers This way orientation is simplified Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset NetConsistency Data type RegString R 470009 Version of NetConsistency R 470009 shows the version of NetConsistency Module register properties Values Type of access Read Value after reset Version of NetConsistency R 470010 Status register R 470010 shows the status of the NetConsistency basic driver Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Error 0 No error 1 Error Jetter AG 249 9 Programming R 470011 R 470020 R 470021 Bit 2 Status of initialization 0 Basic driver not initialized 1 Basic driver initialized Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset 0x00000004 Command register The value is 0
118. Jetter automation User Manual JC 940MC Controller 60879946 We automate your success Introduction Item 60879946 Revision 1 05 3 November 2014 Printed in Germany This document has been compiled by Jetter AG with due diligence and based on the known state of the art In the case of modifications further developments or enhancements to products shipped in the past a revised document will be supplied only if required by law or deemed appropriate by Jetter AG Jetter AG shall not be liable for errors in form or content or for missing updates as well as for damages or disadvantages resulting from such failure The logos brand names and product names mentioned in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of Jetter AG of associated companies or other title owners and must not be used without consent of the respective title owner 2 Jetter AG JC 940MC Address Assignment to product Introduction How to contact us Jetter AG Graeterstrasse 2 71642 Ludwigsburg Germany Phone Switchboard 49 7141 2550 0 Phone Sales 49 7141 2550 433 Phone Technical Hotline 49 7141 2550 444 Fax Sales 49 7141 2550 484 E mail Sales sales jetter de E mail Technical Hotline hotline jetter de This User Manual is an integral part of JC 940MC Type Serial Year of manufacture Order To be entered by the customer Inventory Place of operation Jetter AG
119. Jetter AG 319 9 Programming Format definition Registers text registers Flags STRING You can define the representation of variables by means of their attribute The number of digits characters used for representing a variable can be defined by the character Prefix 0 sets the output of leading zeros This applies to the register types INT INTX and REAL Prefix sets the output of a sign and REAL Prefixing a blank sets the output of types INT and REAL This applies to the register types INT a blank This applies to the register The variable name begins with a capital R followed by the register number The following types are possible Notation Register content 0 gt Display 0 Register content 0 gt Display 1 Standard type INT Example JW DTAG name R1000250 type RI factor 3 25 offset 500 Result Type INT Integer decimal INTX Integer hexadecimal INTB Integer binary BOOL REAL Floating point decimal STRING Text register EAL format 0 t FEE This instruction causes the contents of register 1000250 to be multiplied by 3 25 and then added to product 500 The result appears in the Web browser with sign and at least five integer positions before the decimal point If need be five leading zeros are added Furthermore three decimal positions are added The variable name begins with a capital F followed by the flag number
120. Loop Resetting the start flag WriteIt False Wait for user to set start flag When WriteIt Continue Opening the file in write mode I there is no file available a new file is created If FileOpen Filel Test dat fWrite Then Set the application time base register to null MilliSec 0 Write the data range into the file FileWrite Filel DataArray SizeOf DataArray Register the run time WriteTime MilliSec FileClose Filel Display the run time Trace StrFormat Time d ms n WriteTime Else Display the error message Trace Unable to open file n End If End_ Loop End Task Jetter AG 281 9 Programming 9 7 Monitoring the interface activity Introduction Monitored interface activities Several servers for variables have been integrated into the controller to make variables used within the controller accessible from outside These servers support several protocols on different interfaces The servers do not require any programming in the application program but process requests from external clients on their own This chapter explains one possibility for detecting from within the application program whether communication with the servers takes place through these interfaces The following interface activities can be monitored JetIP server via Ethernet interface STX debug server via Ethernet interface Applicati
121. M 2xx OEM JX3 BN ETH JX3 COM EIPA Automatically means that when exchanging a network node you only have to take over the GNN Global Node Number which has got the same function as the settings of the DIP switch belonging to the former network node Any further settings are transmitted to the network node by the JetControl Via JetIPScan NetConsistency assigns the network parameters as set in Hardware Manager for the respective network nodes Hardware vax Axis Parameters E OperationViaSetup System Motion Setup Gi D E Release Mechanism Name AX1 amp Hardware B E Network Amplifier Type JM206 v SH J Motor Brake La Feedback zema 215 _ 10 Control Mechanical Design i JX3 BN ETH 002 Current Olmea roma S ETH Systemb Speed ra a Motion Control Position O rotatory O modulo 5 Manual Operation Director Measuring commutation offset Referencing Point to point Riverina Address Ethernet Stats 192 168 10 10 Gnn 001 km AXI X Step Action 1 Set the GNN at the DIP switch DIP switch sliders 1 through 8 of the MC JM xxx or JM xxx Launch JetSym 2 3 4 Select the tab Axis Parameters 5 Select the device MC JM xxx or JM xxx in Hardware Manager As an address for Ethernet Networks 1 enter the IP address A special hint Use the GNN as least significant byte of the IP address 6 As GNN 2 enter the Global Node Number of the device The number has to match the
122. MC Poo ft 2 pin connector spring cage connection 60874441 Installation manual 18 Jetter AG JC 940MC Product description and design Parts and interfaces Parts and interfaces The controller JC 940MC features the following parts and interfaces 1 Pat Description Fastening screw For fixing the controller in the electric cabinet threads PCI slot for the module You can connect two JX2 system busses board and JX6 submodules Ethernet port ETH 2 Jetter AG 19 2 Product description and design Number Part Desertion 20 Jetter AG JC 940MC Product description and design Order references options Order reference The order reference consists of the name of the controller JC 940MC and the desired options Each of the options given below supplements the controller JC 940MC The order reference reflects only existing options cave a E Pat OO Deseripion JC 940MC Controller Number of MC axes path control 16 24 or 64 There is no functional limitation to the number of PtP axes This limitation is independent of the system bus JX2 system bus 16 PtP axes max per JX6 SB Ethernet system bus 250 PtP axes max One PCI slot with two submodules JX6 SB I One PCI slot not ass
123. N ETH Jetter AG 201 9 Programming File ModConfig da Related topics 202 Trace IP von JX3 BN ETH InttoStr Contentregl1l Access to the seconds of the clock of the JX3 BN ETH RIO2911 IndexReg2 102911 Now index register 2 points to the register Seconds of the real time clock Trace Seconds InttoStr Contentreg2 Loop Show the values by the Trace function Trace IP vom JX3 BN ETH InttoStr Contentreg1 Trace Seconds of the JX3 BN ETH InttoStr Contentreg2 SN Delay T 900ms End _ Loop End Task When you download the configuration files the Hardware Manager transfers the file ModConfig da to the controller The OS of the controller loads this file when the controller is energized or when the corresponding command is automatically issued by the Hardware Manager after download The file ModConfig da lists registers with their corresponding values The OS enters the corresponding values into these registers This file also holds the IP addresses register 235000 GNN and port numbers register 235400 GNN of the nodes on the network It is no longer required to enter values into registers via application program NetCopy see page 193 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Indirect addressing with variable destination window Introduction Indirect addressing also allows for a variable destination window You shift the re
124. O module numbers on the JX2 system bus e old 0 2 32 70 79 e new 0 2 64 70 79 The value range of the number of connected JX2 I O and JX SIO modules register 2013 e old 0 414 e new 0 64 288 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming The module code was supplemented by the following items e JX3 modules e JX TP20 R e Festo CP FB modules e LioN S modules e Third party I O modules e Third party slave modules Jetter AG 289 9 Programming Digital JX6 I O submodule JX6 1016CB Introduction I O numbers for local JX6 I 0 submodules Register numbers Register overview The digital input output module is equipped with eight galvanically isolated 24 V inputs and eight galvanically isolated 24 V outputs with a maximum current of 0 5 A each I O numbers for local JX6 I O submodules connected to the JC 940MC consist of the following elements p2 tots iy olols fz e Seana ate Number of the JX6 I O submodule located on the module board zz Module specific number Module specific I O number I O number In this chapter only the module register number is specified To calculate the actually used register number add the basic register number of the corresponding controller The basic register number is made up of the module board number and the number of the submodule on the module board 2loe sjs o o jz z z Bent oeserpton erage Number of the JX6 I O sub
125. OFF 1 Flashing slowly 2 Flashing fast 3 ON 108004 LED ERR 0 OFF 3 ON 108005 LED D1 0 OFF 3 ON 108015 Mode selector 1 LOAD 2 RUN 3 STOP 104006 ri ee General system registers o lin 200000 OS version major 100 minor 10 10 MBit s half duplex 200001 Application program is running bit 0 1 F 200008 Error register identical with 210004 20 10 MBit s full duplex Bit 0 Error on flash disk 190 100 MEM shalt duplox Bit 2 Error on JX2 system bus zon 100 MBit s f ll d plex Bit 3 Error on Ethernet system bus Bit 4 Error on application register E Bit 7 Error in expanded error register 104531 ETH 1 Current IP address rw Pre g 104532 ETH 1 Current subnet mask rw Bit8 amp Illegal jump 104533 ETH 1 Current Default Gateway rw Bit 9 Illegal call 104540 ETH 2 Current IP address rw 104541 ETH 2 Current subnet mask rw Bit 10 Illegal index 104542 ETH 3 Current IP address rw Bit 11 illegal d 104543 ETH 3 Current subnet mask rw Ipi ega opcode 104544 ETH 2 Current Default Gateway rw Bit12 Division by 0 104545 ETH 3 Current Default Gateway rw Bit 13 Stack overflow Routing table Bit 14 Stack underflow 104550 Status Bit 15 Illegal stack 0 N Dee Bit 16 Error when loading the application program 1 Routing table is full Onga DGIS tn Bit17 Memory protection violated 2 Enti t found A ow neyar Bit 24 Timeout cycle time E Portis notactiye Bit25 Timeout task lock 4 TCP IP st
126. S flag User flag R 203000 Timeout in the case of JetIP Ethernet This register contains the timeout for the JetIP server Ethernet in milliseconds Register properties Values 0 2 147 483 647 ms Value after reset 0 monitoring disabled R 203005 Timeout in the case of STX debugging Ethernet This register contains the timeout for the STX debug server Ethernet in milliseconds Register properties Values 0 2 147 483 647 ms Value after reset 0 monitoring disabled Jetter AG 285 9 Programming Enabling the monitoring To enable monitoring of interface activities proceed as follows function it 4 Enter the desired value into the timeout register of this interface 2 Wait until the controller has set the OS flag of this interface Le Set the corresponding user flag Detecting a timeout To detect a timeout proceed as follows a Enable monitoring of interface activities see above Wait until the controller has reset the user flag of this interface O A timeout has occurred Check the geene oS OOO o O OS flag aia OS flag is set ue connection was temporarily disrupted the OS flag is reset the connection is still disrupted 286 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 8 Programming the local JX6 I O submodules Introduction This chapter covers programming of the local JX6 I O submodules at the PCI bus of the controller JC 940MC Contents Topic Page
127. SER JetControl0815 PASSWORD MyPassWord 314 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 9 2 Creating e mails Introduction Contents Jetter AG This chapter describes how to create an e mail Then the application program sends these e mails For each e mail the user has to create an e mail template file Topic Page Name of the e mail template file eccccccceceeeeeeeeeecee cece test eeeetneeeeeeeeteees 316 Structure of the e mail template file ccccceceeseeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeteees 317 Inserting real time controller VAlUCS cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeenas 319 315 9 Programming Name of the e mail template file Introduction The name of an e mail template file consists of a constant part of the name and a variable part The variable part of the name allows the application program to choose various e mails for sending File name email cfg Name prefix which always remains constant Number of the e mail value between 0 and 255 cfg Constant file extension Storage location E mail template files have to be stored to the same directory on the internal flash disk as is the configuration file EMAIL Examples email 0 cfg email_37 cfg email 255 cfg 316 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Structure of the e mail template file Introduction An e mail template file is a text file which is divided into sections When sending an e mail it is compiled base
128. Save the changed file to the device 5 Reboot the device Result The names are available now The names are now available and can be used when assigning locks and managing user accounts This configuration file is a text file containing one section In this section values can be set which are then used by the file system Each key is specified with its name in an individual line You can insert blank lines as required The following characters precede a comment line or The section is named KEYS Here names are assigned to keys locks in accordance with the following rule KEYxx Name xx Number of the key 01 31 Example KEYS KEYO1 Admin KEY02 System KEY03 KEY04 KEY05 service KEY31 128 Jetter AG JC 940MC File system Names for Locks Keys For names the following definitions are true Amaximum of 15 alphanumeric characters Lock and key have the same name Jetter AG 129 6 File system 6 3 Reviewing the flash disk capacity used Introduction You can view the application scope of the internal flash disk Details on the allocation of the application scope are given in this chapter Contents Topic Page Flash disk Capacity USCC eeceeeeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 131 130 Jetter AG JC 940MC File system Flash disk capacity used README You can view the application scope of the internal flash disk You can se
129. Transport storage Trained and instructed personnel with knowledge in handling electrostatic sensitive components Mounting installation Specialized personnel with training in electrical engineering such as industrial electronics technician Commissioning Trained and instructed experts with profound programming knowledge of and experience with electrical drive engineering such as electronics engineer for automation technology Operation Trained instructed and assigned personnel with knowledge in operating electronic devices Decommissioning Specialized personnel with training in electrical disposal engineering such as industrial electronics technician 12 Jetter AG JC 940MC Modifications and alterations to the module Transport Storing Repair and maintenance Disposal Safety instructions For safety reasons no modifications and changes to the device and its functions are permitted Any modifications to the device not expressly authorized by Jetter AG will result in a loss of any liability claims to Jetter AG The original parts are specifically designed for the device Parts and equipment from other manufacturers have not been tested by Jetter AG and are therefore not released by Jetter AG The installation of such parts may impair the safety and the proper functioning of the device Any liability on the part of Jetter AG for any damages resulting from the use of non original parts and equipment is e
130. ack not initialized MAERUA ANER Bit 31 Unknown error 104551 C d 1 omman Add route 200009 Enhanced error register bit coded Bit 3 Error ModConfig de 0 Delet t Siete OTe Bit 10 A bus node publish subscribe client has 104552 Port number reported an error to the controller 418 Jetter AG JC 940MC Quick reference JC 9xx 200010 200051 200061 200169 200170 201000 201001 201002 201003 201004 201005 202930 202936 202960 202961 202962 202970 202971 202980 202981 202984 202985 202986 Bit12 Error message by JetIPScan Bit16 Error message by NetConsistency Enhanced error register bit coded Bit 1 Error in the MC object Error number register of JetIPScan Error number register of NetConsistency OS version IP format Controller type 940 970 Runtime register in milliseconds rw Runtime register in seconds rw Runtime register in R 201003 Units rw 10 ms units for R 201002 rw Runtime registers in milliseconds ro Runtime registers in microseconds ro Web status bit coded Bit O 1 FTP server available Bit 1 1 HTTP server available Bit 2 1 E mail available Bit 3 1 Data file function available Bit 4 1 Modbus TCP exists Bit 5 1 Modbus TCP available Control register File system 0xc4697a4b Formatting the flash disk Password for system command register 0x424f6f74 System command register 102 Controller restart reboot 103 Application regis
131. ading the electronic data sheet EDS Numerous production relevant data are stored in the EDS Determining the OS version of the controller and its software components To be able to identify the JC 940MC controller the following prerequisites must be fulfilled The controller is connected to a PC The programming tool JetSym 4 2 or higher is installed on the PC If you wish to contact the hotline of Jetter AG in case of a problem please have the following information on the JC 940MC controller ready Serial number OS version number of the controller Hardware revision Topic Page Identification by means of the nameplate ececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 26 Electronic Data Sheet EDS sescsasra radii testa ie water taeda 28 Version registers sobesa snaa aAA eed 34 25 3 Identifying the controller 3 1 Identification by means of the nameplate Introduction The nameplate is attached to the housing of the JC 940MC and contains details such as hardware revision number and serial number If you wish to contact the hotline of Jetter AG in case of a problem please have this information ready Contents Topic Page Nameplate nissernes ai en e a a aa a 27 26 Jetter AG JC 940MC Nameplate Nameplate Identifying the controller The nameplate of a JC 9xxMC controller contains the following information 1 2 S N 20140718690 etter wih Mita 4 seer rd POWER SUPPLY 24V DC C
132. age 346 Terminating a connection see page 355 Receiving data see page 352 Jetter AG 351 9 Programming Receiving data Introduction Data can be sent via a previously established TCP IP connection or via a UDP IP connection of a server Via UDP IP connection of a client data cannot be received but only sent Function declaration Function ConnectionReceiveData IPConnection Int Ref IPAddr Int Ref IPPort Int Ref ReceiveData DataLen Int Timeout Int Int Function parameters Description of the function parameters Parameter Value Comment IPConnection Handle Outcome of the function ConnectionCreate IPAddr Address of a variable for Required only for UDP IP saving the IP address of server the sender IPPort Address of a variable for Required only for UDP IP saving the IP port number server of the sender ReceiveData Address of the data block to be received DataLen 1 4 000 Maximum data block length in bytes 0 1 073 741 824 ms 0 infinitely Return value The following return values are possible Return value gt 0 Number of received data bytes 1 Error when receiving data e g connection interrupted 3 Invalid handle e g receiving data via a UDP IP client 8 Timeout 352 Jetter AG JC 940MC Using this function with a TCP IP connection Functioning principle with a TCP IP connection Using this function with a UDP IP server Jetter AG Programming If da
133. alid IP address Required only for TCP IP client IPPort Valid IP port Will be ignored for UDP IP o 1 073 741 824 ms 0 infinitely If the return value was positive the connection could be established If the returned value was negative an error occurred and the connection could not be established Return value gt 0 A positive return value must be stored in a variable It must be made available as a handle at activating the functions Send data Receive data and Terminate connection 1 Error during connection set up 2 Internal error 3 Invalid parameter 8 Timeout Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Using this function with If a client is to establish a TCP IP connection to a server you can invoke the a TCP IP client function and assign the return value of a variable for further evaluation as follows Result ConnectionCreate CONNTYPE CLIENT IPTYPE TCP LTP 192 168 75 123 46000 T 10s Functioning principle The task stops at the program line until the connection is established or the with a TCP IP client specified timeout has elapsed This function is processed in the following steps step scription O The device JC 940MC tries to establish a TCP IP connection via port a a to the network client with IP e 192 168 75 123 EA network client has accepted the A A function is terminated and a connection positive value is returned as handle for further access to the connecti
134. allation Configuration file config ini Introduction Properties File structure Example config ini If for initialization of the IP interface the data in the configuration memory are not valid the controller JC 940MC uses the settings in the configuration file config ini Yet this only applies to the Ethernet port ETH 1 You can access this file through the file system of the controller Foran FTP connection the user must have administrator or system rights This file is located in the folder System You cannot delete the file but only overwrite it Formatting the Flash disk drive leaves the file unchanged The configuration file is a text file the entries of which are grouped into several sections The controller replaces missing IP configuration parameters by their default values This is an example of a configuration file config ini lt Productname gt System Configuration Copyright c 2009 by Jetter AG Ludwigsburg Germany IP Address 192 168 50 1 SubnetMask 255 255 255 0 DefGateway 192 168 50 11 DNSServer 192 168 1 44 HOSTNAME SuffixType 0 Name JetControl940MC PORTS JetIPBase 50000 JVMDebug 52000 FILES AutoCopyIni USB1 autocopy ini 82 Jetter AG JC 940MC Section IP Address In the given example Description Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value SubnetMask In the given example Desc
135. ame Deserinion 250000 Status o ID in case of o wae the ID of the subscription in which an error error has occurred a Total amount of subscriptions amount of Total amount of subscriptions 250004 16 bit CRC Cyclic Redundancy Code of the subscriber configuration file Status registers of all subscriptions From MR 250000 you can read the collective status of all subscriptions In case of an error you first read out the ID of the subscription in which an error has occurred Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Error in CRC computing of the configuration file 0 No error has occurred 1 For CRC computing the configuration file does not exist For this reason CRC computing has not taken place Bit 1 Error in connection with a subscription 1 An error has occurred in a subscription At the moment this is only a timeout error Bit 7 Subscription is functioning O If a subscription fails bit 7 is reset 1 The subscriptions are functioning Module register properties Type of access Read Command registers of all subscriptions Via MR 250001 you transmit commands to all subscriptions Commands 102 Reboot all subscribers 105 Stop all subscribers 110 Acknowledge error 230 Jetter AG JC 940MC Selecting a subscription Configuring a subscription Jetter AG Programming The following registers let you select a subscription as follows The index is for selecting subscriptions e
136. and design Product description and design Introduction This chapter covers the design of the device as well as how the order reference is made up including all options Contents Topic JC 940MC Product description Parts and interfaces eceeee Order references options 005 List of documentation 2 00 Physical dimensions s Jetter AG 17 2 Product description and design JC 940MC Product description The controller JC 940MC The JetControl 940MC is a high end compact controller of excellent performance in combination with motion control The JC 940MC offers a motion control feature which allows programming axis groups and complex path controls Special attention was given to straightforward and efficient realization of complex path controls The controller can be integrated into a network via its Ethernet ports Product features The features of this product are listed below Point to point axes without limitations Up to 64 servo axes with path control clock 2 ms 3 Ethernet ports 4 USB ports Powerful programming language JetSym STX Non volatile registers 120 000 Program data memory 8 MBytes Real time clock Integrated Web server e mail feature m Modbus TCP Scope of delivery The following items are included in the scope of delivery of the controller JC 940MC es es y 10000742 The controller JC 940
137. ar Handle as a return value of the function Establishing a connection ConnHandle Int Transmit buffer SendBuf Array MSG LEN Of Char Receive buffer RecvBuf Array MSG LEN Of Char ResConnInit Int ResConnCreate z Int ResConnReceive Int ResConnSend Int ConnTimeOut Int RecvTimeOut Int Amount of receive errors RecvErrors Int Amount of transmit errors SendErrors Int Counter of correct communication transmissions CommCnt lt Int AmountToReceive Int Jetter AG 363 9 Programming Dummy NotUsed Int End Var Task TCPserver Autorun Var RecvTimer Timer ReceiveCnt Int End Var Timeout for connection ConnTimeOut T 5s Timeout when receiving a data packet RecvTimeOut T 5s Amount of data to be received AmountToReceive MSG LEN Terminate all connections initialize the data ResConnInit ConnectionInitialize If ResConnInit gt 0 Then Trace Server running Sn While True Do Connection attempt ResConnCreate ConnectionCreate CONNTYPE SERVER IPTYPE TCP 0 TCE PORT ConnTimeOut If ResConnCreate gt 0 Then Trace Connection established Save the return value handle ConnHandle ResConnCreate Repeat while the connection exists Loop structures Set up a timeout for completely transmitting the data packet TimerSt
138. art RecvTimer RecvTimeOut 5 Initialize the counter for the received data ReceiveCnt 0 364 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Repeat until all expected data have been received Otherwise retry until timeout While ReceiveCnt lt AmountToReceive And Not TimerEnd RecvTimer Do ResConnReceive ConnectionReceiveData ConnHandle NotUsed NotUsed RecvBuf ReceiveCnt SizeOf RecvBuf RecvTimeOut If ResConnReceive gt 0 Then A value has been received increment the counter ReceiveCnt ReceiveCnt ResConnReceive Else Error during reception ResConnReceive 1 Increment the error counter value Inc RecvErrors Exit the loop Exit End If End While At this point implement the server function In this example the received data are returned If ReceiveCnt Then Copy the data from the receiving buffer to the transmit buffer MemCopy SendBuf RecvBuf SizeOf SendBuf ResConnSend ConnectionSendData ConnHandle 0 0 SendBuf ReceiveCnt If ResConnSend lt 0 Then Increment the error counter value Inc SendErrors End If End If If ResConnSend gt 0 And ResConnReceive gt 0 Then No error gt Counter OK to increment Inc CommCnt Else Exit the loop Bei End If Jetter AG 365 9 Programming End_ Loop If ConnHandle gt 0 Then Terminate the co
139. as been destroyed Consequences All files and directories located in the user area will be deleted Formatting will not affect system files and directories Formatting the flash disk To have the device format the internal flash disk proceed as follows Switch the device ON EA Enter value 999720373 0xc4697a4b into the control register of the file system 3 Switch the device OFF 4 Switch the device ON Result During the boot process of the JC 940MC the flash disk is formatted and the control register is set to 0 Jetter AG 137 JC 940MC FTP server 7 FTP server Introduction The FTP server allows access to directories and files using an FTP client The files can be stored to the following storage media Flash disk integrated into the controller USB flash drive This chapter covers the login process and describes the commands supported by the FTP server FTP clients The user has the option of using a command line FTP client which comes with many PC operating systems or graphic FTP tools Number of possible The FTP server on the JC 940MC is able to manage four FTP connections connections simultaneously That is up to 4 FTP client programs can be connected with the JC 940MC at the same time Any additional client which tries to connect with the FTP server will get no response to its request for establishing a connection Required programmer s To be able to use the functions described in t
140. as been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 Bus node JX3 BN ETH of OS version 1 18 Module JX3 Al4 of OS version 1 04 For more up to date sample programs please refer to the JetSym online help 114 Jetter AG JC 940MC JetSym STX program Related topics Jetter AG Initial commissioning The following program lets you retrieve the global status register on the peripheral module JX3 Al4 Var Reading the status of JX3 AI4 via JX3 BN ETH JX3_AI4 Status Int At VL 1001020000 End Var Task ReadState Autorun Loop By Trace display the content of the JX3 AI4 status register in hexadecimal notation Trace State JX3 AI4 StrFormat Status x JX3_AI4 Status Sn Delay T 2s End Loop End Task Hardware Manager see page 207 115 JC 940MC File system 6 File system Introduction This chapter describes the file system of the JC 940MC The file system enables access to files located on the internal flash disk or an USB flash drive Categories The files of the file system are categorized as follows System directories or system files used by the operating system Arange that is at the user s disposal System directories The system directories cannot be deleted They even still exist after formatting System configuration System information Root directory
141. as follows Switch on the device JC 940MC For this mode selector S11 must be in RUN position Enter the desired delay time in steps of 100 ms into register 202971 Enter the password For this write value 1112502132 0x424f6f74 to R 202970 Result The next boot process will be delayed by the set startup delay time Display The yellow LED will remain lit during the delay time With advancing delay time the flashing intervals of the green LED become shorter and shorter 266 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 5 Real time clock RTC Introduction Usage by OS Restrictions Contents Jetter AG The JC 940MC is equipped with a component which maintains time and date settings for a certain time even when it is not energized The OS uses the real time clock for the following functions Storing file date and time to a file When using the real time clock the following restrictions apply When the device is de energized the power reserve is limited The real time clock has no automatic daylight savings time function Topic Page Technical specifications ccc cccecececececececececececececesecececesesececeseseseseseeeeess 268 POGUE reise suite ce sk aces Gbleczeok Hates sealer a thie 269 Sample program for real time CIOCK cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeteees 276 267 9 Programming Technical specifications Technical data Real time clock Parameter Lifetim
142. ata condition which is prevented by the NetBit functions The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 Bus node JX3 BN ETH of OS version 1 18 For more up to date sample programs please refer to the JetSym online help 196 Jetter AG JC 940MC JetSym STX program Jetter AG Programming Var bi_BitSet bi BitClear Bool n IPaddr i Int n_PortNr 3 Inc n_BitMask t Int n_RegNum s Int n_RegValue Int n_ Result Int End Var Task t_BitSetClear Autorun End n_IPaddr f DPPLG2 LOS 10 209 n_PortNr 50000 Bit mask The register bit remains as it was The register bit is set at NetBitSetReg The register bit is cleared at NetBitClearReg n_BitMask 0x00000040 s Application registers Range R 1000000 1119999 n_RegNum 1000100 JetSym setup lets you change the bit mask and the register number Loop bi BitSet FALSE bi_BitClear FALSE JetSym setup lets you set the state of the flags bi BitSet ox bi _BitClear to TRUE n_RegValue contains the value of register nRegNum When bi BitSet Then n Result NetBitSetReg n IPaddr n RegNum n BitMask 7 n_RegValue 3 n_PortNr 0 7 Else When bi BitClear Then n Result NetBitClearReg n IPaddr n RegNum n BitMask H n RegValue 3 n_PortNr 0 E End When End _ Loop Task 1
143. ation 980 indicates indirect addressing of the register number Index for contents Array ppp 0 199 198 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Internal resolution of JetSym resolves inquiries or assignments at a register address of numbers indirect addressing greater than 1 billion via NetCopy Before assigning you must enter the IP address port number and the index into the respective register arrays to enable JetSym to correctly resolve the command When the register arrays of remote network nodes have been defined resolution via Hardware Manager is carried out 1 a a 1234 Net opyRegToReg IP Src Dest 1 3 1 Port 101100 23 235400 HBL 2ssi02 51000 _ L sss 52000 Number Elmont pesonpton O Indirect address in a The address contains the GNN of the remote JetSym program ora network node nnn 000 199 and the index JetSym setup pane ppp 000 199 here 002 2 NetCopy command Here NetCopyRegToReg Variable register tables Variable register array for the following items of 200 entries max P address Port number Index to contents Jetter AG 199 9 Programming Action If you want to enter a value into the register of a remote network node using register addresses as of 1 billion proceed as follows Step Action 1 Enter the IP address of the remote network node into register 235000 GNN Value range of GNN 0 199
144. ays all available functions in bit coded mode Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 FTP server 1 available Bit 1 HTTP server 1 available Bit 2 E mail 1 available Bit 3 Data file function 1 available Bit 4 Modbus TCP 1 existing Bit 5 Modbus TCP 1 available Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset Depending on options purchased R 292932 IP address of the SMTP server From this register the IP address of the SMTP server can be seen as it has been specified in the file EMAIL email ini Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset Depending on configuration Takes effect Once R 202930 2 1 R 292933 IP address of POP3 server From this register the IP address of the POP3 server can be seen as it has been specified in the file EMAIL email ini Jetter AG 327 9 Programming R 292934 R 292935 R 292937 Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset Depending on configuration Takes effect Once R 202930 2 1 Port number of the SMTP server From this register the port number of the SMTP server can be seen as it has been specified in the file EMAIL email ini Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset Depending on configuration Takes effect Once R 202930 2 1 Port number of POP3 server From this register the port number of the POP3 server can be seen as it has been specified in the file EMAIL email
145. ble below Notation Name tomat The notation for sample programs used in this document is listed in the table below Notation Description Fa ie he e 100 0x100 0b100 Constant numerical values 154 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 1 Memories Overview Introduction The JC 940MC features several types of program and data memories There is volatile memory Volatile memory loses its content at switching off Non volatile memory keeps its content even when the power supply is off The memory is located directly in the CPU or in separate memory or I O modules This chapter gives an overview of the available memory Contents Topic Page Operating system MEMOSY ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeccaeaeeeeeeeseteenaneeeeeeeteees 156 Filesystem MOM ONY osinn aia pai giaedeeadt wena aneseices 157 Application program Me MOTSy eccececceceeeeeeeceneaeceeeeeeesecnueaeeeeeeeeeteeaees 158 Memory for volatile application program variables ecceeeeeeteees 159 Memory for non volatile application program registers 0 cee 160 Memory for non volatile application program variables cee 161 Registers on I O Modules tiescccvesesccuccees bacusdet seni seared dvgdeteddcdet adeustesatucseeteeecest 163 Special Teds S ss staieaeei elastin elie tieeal eel laehatn able teedl a aii neti 165 INPUTS ANG OUTDUNS oi sedctecdceidensatandecedracdeedateeradeadesdalanaes s
146. blish the connection It enters values the error into the log file Example COMMAND 1 Command FtpConnect ServerAddr 192 168 123 45 UserName admin Password admin Restriction Only one connection with an FTP server can be established at a time The device terminates the existing connection before a connection to another FTP server is established 384 Jetter AG JC 940MC Jetter AG Command FtpFileRead Description Parameter name 1 Parameter value 1 Parameter name 2 Parameter value 2 Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Command FtpFileWrite Description Parameter name 1 Parameter value 1 Parameter name 2 Parameter value 2 Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Automatic copying of controller data Copying file from FTP server into the local file system ServerFile Complete name of the source file in the FTP server ClientFile Complete name of the destination file in the local file system All allowed file names The destination directory does exist Incorrect filename Non existent source file Non existent destination directory The device does not copy the file It enters the error into the log file COMMAND 8 Command FtpFileRead ServerFile app cantest cantest es3 ClientFile USB1 cantest3 es Copying the file from the local file system into the file system of the FTP serve
147. cations 429 Transport 12 Nameplate 27 U Modifications 12 V Version registers 34 436 Jetter AG Jetter AG Graeterstrasse 2 71642 Ludwigsburg Germany Phone 49 7141 2550 0 Fax 49 7141 2550 425 info jetter de www jetter de Jetter automation We automate your success
148. ceccececeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeeeceaaaeceeeeeeesecencaeeeeeeesesecsacaneseees 276 Runtime regist fS ossosa AAA EAA EAN ANEA ASENNA 278 Description of the runtime registers cccececsceeeeecceeeeeneneeeeeecneeteeecneeseeaaneeeeeneaeeeeeaceeeneeneneeeees 279 Sample program Runtime registers 0 cc cceeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneaeeeseneaeeeseeaeeeteenaees 281 Monitoring the interface activity ccccceesenneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeneeeeseeneeeeseeneesaseeneeenseeeeeenseeneeenss 282 Operating Principles saneren dented dias abddcnased eetased dented deans caadtea sed Geeta aaa a 283 i 4 681 F200 UTA reeenneeet cone reer per E a oorerr tect perer Coreen eter E rceeteererrr tech 285 Programming the local JX6 I 0 SUDMOUIES ccceeeeneeeeeeee seen seen ee eeeeeneeeeseeeeeeneeeneeenneeneeenss 287 SuUbmMOdUIe IXG SBGCI asia lessens a a E a 288 Digital JX6 I O submodule JX6 1IO16CB ooo eee cece ee etee ee ee eene ee ee eaeee ee taeeeeetaeeeeetaeeeeesiaeeeeee 290 Combiimodule JAE SV Tanes a a de a a 295 Sample program for local JX6 I O submodules c ccccceceeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeteceneaeeeeeeesetecseaeeneees 302 Battal E 306 Configuring the E mail feature essseeeeesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeaeeseeeeeesseeeeeseseeeeaeeseeeenesseeeen 307 Configuration file EMAIL email ini aiiis annainn ani Nena aia aA aT AAAA NE 308 Gecin SMMP seuss tect scence oa a a tauneeeieaiiens 309 SECON POPS cn EEEE EAE E EEA
149. config ini ef eds ini Me flashdiskinfo bmp flashdiskinfo bt B flashdisklock ini a keys ini _ system os ai users ini The EDS file is a text file the entries of which are grouped into several sections This is an example of an EDS file belonging to a JetControl 940MC Jetter AG Electronic Data Sheet IDENTIFICATION Version 0 Code 2304 Name JC 940MC Jetter AG 29 3 Identifying the controller Section IDENTIFICATION Section PRODUCTION PcbRev 02 PcbOpt 00 PRODUCTION Version 0 SerNum 10080703010015 Day 4 Month 7 Year 2010 TestNum 1 TestRev 01 10 03 50 FEATURES Version 0 Axes 16 NumberOfPCISlots 00 STX 1 NVRegs 120000 The general hardware configuration can be seen from section IDENTIFICATION Name example Desertion O Version ie Version of this section Code 2304 Module code for JC 940MC Name JC 940MC Corresponds to the information on the nameplate The serial number and production date can be seen from section PRODUCTION Name Example Seve Version lo Version of this section SerNum 10080703010015 Corresponds to the information on the nameplate Day Production date Day Month Production date Month Year Production date Year TestNum Internal usage TestRev 01 10 03 50 Internal usage 30 Jetter AG JC 940MC Section FEATURES Related topics Identifying the controller In the se
150. connection request from client 4 Internal usage Number of sent bytes The value in this register shows the number of data bytes sent via the given connection Since this is a signed 32 bit register and the sent bytes are added each time the number range may be exceeded from the positive maximum value to the negative maximum value Module register properties Values 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 Jetter AG 359 9 Programming MR7 Number of received bytes The value in this register shows the number of data bytes received via the given connection Since this is a signed 32 bit register and the received bytes are added each time the number range may be exceeded from the positive maximum value to the negative maximum value Module register properties Values 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 360 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 12 3 Sample programs Introduction This chapter contains sample programs for implementing a server and a corresponding client which will use TCP IP for communication Sample configuration The examples in this chapter are based on the following configuration O 7 T Jetter L JC 940MC f 1 z dE G rr F E E m ote z4m leege Loooo J tm i x15 xn x61 Err D1 RUN si
151. ction FEATURES special properties of the controller are specified The OS of the controller will ignore properties of missing entries in the file Name Example Description Version fo Version ofthis section Axes o Axes o 6 Number of MC axes NumberofPCI Number of PCI slots of PCI slots slots Runtime environment for e program is available 120000 Number of remanent registers EDS registers see page 32 Jetter AG 31 3 Identifying the controller EDS registers Introduction Register numbers EDS registers of a controller EDS registers let you retrieve entries in the Electronic Data Sheet EDS The basic register number is dependent on the controller The register number is calculated by adding the number of the module register MR to the number of the basic register Controller Basic register number Register numbers JC 940MC 100000 100600 100817 The following table lists the EDS registers of a controller as well as their connection to the entries in the EDS file System eds ini Registers Section in eds ini_ Name in Description eds ini MR 600 IDENTIFICATION Version of this section MR 602 Name Module name or controller name through 612 MR 613 MR 614 PcbOpt Hardware option MR 700 PRODUCTION Version of this section MR 701 SerNum Serial number through 707 MR 800 FEATURES Version of this section MR 804 RUN STOP LOAD switch MR 805 STX Runtime environment for the appl
152. d 60854512 Patch cable 1 1 2 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 60854514 Patch cable 1 1 5 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 60854515 Patch cable 1 1 10 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 42 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Ethernet port ETH 2 jack X15 Devices to connect with Jack X15 lets you connect the following devices jack X15 Ethernet cable to a hub switch or router Ethernet cable to a PC Ethernet cable to an HMI by Jetter AG Ethernet cable to any device Asynchronous Port ETH 2 only allows asynchronous transmission of the data packets transmission Synchronous transmission of the data packets is not allowed Therefore reasonable communication via Ethernet with a JX3 BN ETH or with a JetMove 200 ETH for example is not possible Position of jack X15 Description Jack X15 Ethernet port Technical specifications P Connector type RJ45 Ethernet jack Number of ports One port per connector Bit rate 10 MBit s 100 MBit s Cat 5e 1 000 MBit s Cat 6 Jetter AG 43 4 Mounting and installation Cables for jack X15 For connecting devices to jack X15 you can order the following cables individually 60537500 Patch cable 1 1 1 m gray Hirose Ca
153. d into the receiving buffer is returned If with a server data are to be received via a UDP IP connection you can invoke the function and assign the return value of a variable for further evaluation as follows Result ConnectionReceiveData hConnection IPAddr IPPort ReceiveBuffer sizeof ReceiveBuffer TELOS 353 9 Programming Functioning principle with a UDP IP server Related topics In the following situations the task is not processed further after issuing the command Until all data have been received Until an error has occurred In case of a UDP IP connection data are transmitted as datagram The controller processes this function in the following steps Description o device JC 940MC waits until all data of a datagram have been received but no a than the ae ae timeout timeout has elapsed or the function is exited and an error connection has been terminated message is issued data have been received they are copied to the receiving buffer given along with the data but not exceeding the amount given along with the data Then the function continues with stage 3 more data have been received these data are discarded than could be copied into the receiving buffer that is if the sent datagram is too large The sender s IP address and IP port are transferred into the variables which are given along with the data The function is exited and the
154. d 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 120 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 121 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 122 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 123 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 124 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 125 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Total sectors 16128 used 4286 blocked 421 free 11421 Used 2177288 byte Blocked 213868 byte Free 5801868 byte Jetter AG 133 6 File system Total 8193024 byte Elements of info file Tracks and sectors represent the administration units of the flash disk The info file comprises the following elements Element Description Name Dedicated name of the flash disk Date Time Point in time when the flash disk was formatted last Tracks Total number of tracks Track xx sectors 128 Assignment of sectors of a track Total sectors Overall statistical data of sectors Used Total number of used bytes Blocked Total number of blocked bytes Free Total number of available bytes Total Total size of the flash disk States of sectors The smallest administrative unit of the flash disk i e the sector may enter the following states used The sector is occupied by data blocked The sector is no longer occupied but cannot be used yet due to administrative reasons free The sector is not occupied and can be used 134 Jetter AG
155. d on the information contained in these sections E mail template file Sections FROM and TO are mandatory This information may be specified either in the e mail to be sent or in the e mail template file containing the default settings All parameters in these sections can be tagged with real time controller values refer to Inserting real time controller values FROM Sender TO Addressee CC Additional addressee s SUBJECT Subject ATTACHMENT Complete path and file name MESSAGE E mail message text Sections FROM Description E mail sender Comments Please check with your IT administrator which information has to be entered here Length 63 characters Example FROM JetControl jetter de TO Description E mail addressee Comments Several addressees are separated by the semicolon Length 255 characters Example TO service mydomain com Jetter AG 317 9 Programming 318 CC Description Comments Length Example SUBJECT Description Length Example ATTACHMENT Description Comments Length Example MESSAGE Description Comments Length Example Additional e mail addressee s Several addressees are separated by the semicolon 255 characters CC service mydomain com hotline mydomain com Subject 255 characters SUBJECT Fatal Error Complete name of the file to be attached The attached file must be a text file 511
156. d publisher before timeout the subscriber will generate an error The subscriber for the subscription of which the error has been generated can run either on a controller or on a network node The remote network node is a JX3 BN ETH for example The error may be caused as follows Communication with the network client providing the process data is terminated The operating system of the device responds to the error by taking the following steps ee Deserpion a Sest mR asm 2 Wes te suwserpion Die 250002 3 seme O Writes value 11103 and the ID to the error buffers The error buffer can be accessed via registers 380000 ff error history Writes the GNN of the network node communication with which has been terminated to R 254001 Writes the IP address of the network node communication with which has been terminated to R 254002 flag 2080 is set bit 3 is set in R 210004 and R 200008 The red status LED of the controller is lit 7 Writes the port number of the network node communication with which has been terminated to R 254003 By means of NetCopy commands you can precisely locate the error and fix the root cause This works because GNN IP address and port number of the other network node are known To acknowledge the error write command 110 to register 250001 Jetter AG 237 9 Programming Controller evaluates errors reported by a remote network node Access to the status registers Locating
157. d to permanent addresses VL Type depending on the module Register numbers on JX2 system bus 201100000 201227999 By JetSym By the e mail client By browser via HTTP server From HMls From the application program From other controllers The following program calculates the set speed of a servo axis at the first JX2 system bus AxSpeed from an analog value The analog value results from a measuring Speedin via a module at the second JX2 system bus Var AxSpeed Float At SVL 201112103 Speedin Int At SVL 201203002 End Var Task SetSpeed Autorun Loop If SpeedIn gt 100 Then AxSpeed Speedin 0 35 End If Delay T 100ms End _ Loop End Task Jetter AG 163 9 Programming Setup pane The JetSym setup window displays the content of the register variable 13 Speedin 201203002 296 14 AxSpeed 201112103 103 6000 15 Number Deseripion Funcom Present content of the Analog value on channel 1 of the JX2 Al4 register variable module on the JX2 system bus Speedin Present content of the Set speed of the servo amplifier JetMove on register variable the first JX2 system bus AxSpeed 164 Jetter AG JC 940MC Special registers Introduction Properties Memory access Related topics Jetter AG Programming Special registers let you control OS functions and retrieve status information Global variables which are assig
158. daneersaeaed E 363 BE E E E E E E E E E ET T 367 Jetter AG JC 940MC Contents 10 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 11 12 13 14 Appendix A Jetter AG Automatic copying of controller data 371 Operating principle sas is cisciscuinnscssiitvecnnudtes ivesnesdaanesnnadansanwauaceeenadaatannbacenensddeutanseanertensdveataanatoreeds 373 Activating the AutoCopy feature ccccccccescccceeeeccceeteeeeceeeeeaaeeeseaeeeeeeeaceeeseeaaneeeeeaaneeteeeaeereneas 374 Executing AutoCopy Command 2 cccecccceeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeneeseeeeneeseeeaeeeneeaaeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeseeneneeees 375 Terminating AUtOCOpy Mode sassis neas A EE A EERE EEEE 377 The file AUTOCOPY Ini ici iecasece vecececs ceceseed teeeened teeesued ceewened ceewaeed Ceewened Cecetute reevetee veensucd EEE 378 Seccion OPTIONS erca oecasdascacesentsxetdaaa cenesand qeedudan evauwetd excdakvecsagand oxcuesan eeavane ged 379 Command SCCHONS ssns a A G ARE E I A E 380 Example of a command file ccccccceeeeeccceceeeeeeeeeeanaeceeeeeeececeaeaeceeeeesesensacaeceeeensetenninaeeeeeess 387 Log FING saires eana Eaa ERN Eaa E NRE E E Ea 389 File COMUCIUS insae a e EE A A A R aeaaadeaae 390 Data TOS siinon oianetan aaaea aaraa A a aana a aaka aaaea aiana 391 File formatsion aae aaa TA AE NaS ead AARE 392 Operating system update 393 Updating the operating system of the controller cceccceseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeneeeneeeneeseenens 394 OS update by means Of J
159. e FileWrite DstFile FileBuffer ReadSize Then If WriteSiz write error lt gt ReadSiz Result 3 Exit End If Inc FileSize WriteSize read next block of data ReadSize FileRead SrcFile FileBuffer SizeOf FileBuffer End While close both files FileClose SrcFile FileClose DstFile 406 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating system update Else can t open destination file FileClose SrcFile Result 2 End If Else can t open source file Result 1 End If If Result lt 0 Then FileCopy Result Else FileCopy FileSize End If End Function J BRK KR KR KK HK I A I KA A A AA A A A I HK 1 Enable Tracing in JetSym 2 Put source file name into SourceName 3 Put destination file name into DestinationName 4 Set flag UpdateIt J BRK KR KR KK KK I KK IK AK A I I KK Task OSupdate Autorun Var ResCopy Int End Var Loop UpdateIt False When UpdateIt Continue ResCopy FileCopy SourceName DestinationName Trace Result IntToStr ResCopy Sn End_ Loop End Task Jetter AG 407 JC 940MC Application program 12 Application program Introduction Required programmer s skills Contents Jetter AG This chapter describes how to store the application program in JC 940MC The user determines the program that is to be executed This chapter r
160. e Manager after download The file ModConfig da lists registers with their corresponding values The OS enters the corresponding values into these registers This file also holds the IP addresses register 235000 GNN and port numbers register 235400 GNN of the nodes on the network It is no longer required to enter values into registers via application program Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 3 2 Hardware Manager Introduction The Hardware Manager lets you easily configure the peripheral devices If possible always use the Hardware Manager that is part of JetSym Making configurations by hand is complicated and prone to errors Contents Topic Page Hardware Manage cecccecesceeeeeseneeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 208 Configuring the hardware ecccccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeseeaeeeeeenaees 209 Publish subscribe Functioning principle ccccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeetees 214 Publication parameter Options c eceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeseteeneeeeeeeeeneees 221 Subscription parameter Options ccccccccccececececeeececececececeseceseceeeeeeeeess 224 Generated publish Subscribe Variables cccccccccececececeeececeeeseceeeeeeeseeees 227 Publish subscribe Registers cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeseneeeeeeneeeeetnaeeeeee 229 Jetter AG 207 9 Programming Hardware Manager Hardware Manager The Hardware Ma
161. e Jetter Ethernet system DUS 0 c ce eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 235 NetConsistency fUNCtION eee eeeeeeeeetteeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 239 Administrating the connections of the JetIP TCP and STX debug server 260 184 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 3 1 Data exchange via Jetter Ethernet system bus Introduction This chapter covers data exchange via Jetter Ethernet system bus Contents Topic Page Data CxChange eccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 186 Register ACCESS aieiaa r A EA ERT S 190 Publish s bscribei snieni eana aaa a iaaa aaa aaia 192 Nel CODY sssini naa N E A A A 193 NetBitSetReg and NetBitClearReg ec eeeccceeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeaas 196 Indirect addressing of remote modules 0 0 0 eee ee eeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaes 198 Indirect addressing with variable destination window s0 203 Jetter AG 185 9 Programming Data exchange Introduction Various kinds of data exchange This chapter describes the varieties and features of data exchange when applying the Jetter Ethernet system bus If you want to access data of two remote peripheral modules you can transmit the data to the controller in two ways Publish subscribe NetCopy Publish subscribe integrates process data registers into the controller s address space This lets you address input and output data like local peripheral module
162. e Minimum 10 years Deviation 1 minute per month max Factory settings At the end of the controller manufacturing process the manufacturers set the real time clock to the actual date and time 268 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Programming Programming using STX To program date and time it is advisable to use the functions provided by JetSym STX DateTimeActual DateTimeDecode DateTimeEncode DateTimelsValid DateTimeSet For more information on these functions refer to the JetSym online help If you make use of the above functions the minimum time interval is one second If you need a time interval of one second programming must be made by using the registers described below Programming using Depending on the respective application access to the real time clock via registers registers might be required For this there are two register sets Register set 1 is for directly accessing individual real time clock values Changes to values in register set 1 are immediately transferred to the real time clock Register set 2 operates within a buffer In the buffer all real time clock values are consistently read out and written Not before the trigger register is written to the value changes made in or out of register set 2 are transferred Register overview The following registers have been assigned to the real time clock Register set 1 Direct access Register R 102910 Milliseconds R 102911 Seconds
163. e OS flag very quickly Timeout Time of inactivity after which the OS resets both special flags This time can be set in a special register Interface activities are monitored as follows Description Enter the desired value into the timeout register of the application program This way the monitoring mode is activated as well When the controller receives the next telegram the device JC 940MC sets the corresponding OS flag If the OS flag has been set the application program also sets the a AE user flag 4 Each new Each new telegram causes the timeout to restart causes the timeout to restart If telegrams cease to arrive both special flags are reset by the controller upon expiry of the timeout interval Jetter AG 283 9 Programming see scription The application program detects that the device has reset the special flags and therefore takes appropriate action When further telegrams start arriving the device sets the corresponding OS flag The user flag however remains reset 284 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Programming Registers flags For interface monitoring the device provides the following registers and flags Overview Timeout registers an 203000 JetIP Ethernet Visualization Controller networking R 203005 STX debugging Ethernet JetSym via Ethernet Special flags F 2088 JetIP Ethernet OS flag F 2089 User flag F 2098 STX debugging Ethernet O
164. e consists of the following elements ID of the variable at the beginning of the line Now follows the number of the variable separated by a blank or tab Then follows the value of the variable separated by a blank or tab Variable ID Variable type Example SD1001 Data File Jetter AG r Registers 1000000 1000005 RS 1000000 12345 RS 1000001 2 RS 1000002 1062729008 RS 1000003 502 RS 1000004 50 RS 1000005 3 QS 1009000 3 14 Flags 10 swa 13 FS 10 0 FS 11 1 FS 12 dd FS 13 0 392 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating system update 11 Operating system update Introduction Downloading an operating system JC 9xx system Devices Contents Jetter AG Jetter AG are continuously striving to enhance the operating systems for their controllers and peripheral modules Enhancing means adding new features upgrading existing functions and fixing bugs This chapter describes how to perform an operating system update for a system equipped with a JC 940MC controller You can download operating systems from the Jetter AG homepage http www jetter de You get to the OS files for download at Industrial Automation Support Downloads or by clicking on the quick link Operating System Download on the website of the corresponding controller or module The following devices within a system equipped with the controller JC 940MC allow an OS update Controller JC 940MC JX2 slave modules on a JX
165. e content of the register specified in the Jetter AG 321 9 Programming Access via pointer register and offset variable name Examples lt JW DTAG name PR1000300 gt Result The content of the register is displayed whose number is contained in register 1000300 lt JW DTAG name PF1000300 gt Result The state of the flag is displayed whose number is contained in register 1000300 lt JW DTAG name PI1000300 gt Result The state of the input is displayed whose number is contained in register 1000300 lt JW DTAG name P01000300 gt Result The state of the output is displayed whose number is contained in register 1000300 To specify the number of the variable to be displayed it is also possible to add a constant value or another register content to the pointer register value Examples lt JW DTAG name PR1000300 100 gt Result The content of the register is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and value 100 lt JW DTAG name PR1000300 R1000100 gt Result The content of the register is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the content of register 1000100 lt JW DTAG name PF1000300 100 gt Result The state of the flag is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and value 100 lt JW DTAG name PF1000300 R1000100 gt
166. e letter followed by the variable number Example name R1000023 type Description Variable type of notation Example type REAL format Description Representation format Comments Refer to format definition Example format 0ttt tHE factor Description Factor by which the real time controller value is multiplied Comments Multiplication is executed prior to adding the offset Example factor 1 5 offset Description Value which is added to the real time controller value Comments Multiplication by the factor is executed prior to adding the value to the real time controller value Example offset 1000 146 Jetter AG JC 940MC Format definition Registers text registers Flags HTTP server You can define the representation of variables by means of their attribute The number of digits characters used for representing a variable can be defined by the character Prefix 0 sets the output of leading zeros This applies to the register types INT INTX and REAL Prefix sets the output of a sign and REAL Prefixing a blank sets the output of types INT and REAL This applies to the register types INT a blank This applies to the register The variable name begins with a capital R followed by the register number The following types are possible Type Notation INT Integer decimal INTX Integer hexadecimal INTB Integer binary BOOL Register content 0 gt Display 0 Reg
167. e located in the immediate vicinity of the RJ45 jack Ne NE 3 green LINK Network connection of 100 MBit s has been established LINK Network connection of 1 000 MBit s has been established Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation LEDs of the submodule JX6 SB l LEDs of the submodule The submodule JX6 SB I indicates conditions and errors via its LEDs The JX6 SB l LEDs are at the front panel of the JX6 SB l BUS OUT States after power up Immediately after switching on the LEDs of the submodule JX6 SB l have got the following states LED R is flashing slowly The JX6 SB submodule is ready for initialization commands LED R flashes twice followed by a long interval The JX6 SB I submodule is ready for initialization commands States in master slave In the master slave mode the state LEDs can enter the following states mode Successful initializing of the JX2 system bus by means of command 30 Efe Error see state registers of the JX6 SB Il submodule
168. e oe eee L B gi A wna i E Clow e Ewanue 2 244 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Assignment at the Herne TEE canis S OperationViaSetup System Advanced Configuration JX3 BN ETH iy Release Bus Node Tine SENETH B Hardware S Setup T l a Network E Ethernet Configuration Version 1 00 v D S F JC 940MC Ini File yoo i CPU System 7 Autorun Autcilsch X Online Version Detection PPT JX2 Bus Carrier amp Diagnostic Ga ETH Systembu EDS dm JM206 4X1 amp Enors Interface sgi Genet Toe ee w 1 Gm ET Program E Motion Control PrE IP address 192 168 10 20 User Defined Data Timeout 0000 lm Baudrate Post umber defaut v k ANI el _3X3 BN ETH 002 x Hardware o m a X G Configuration R i erationViaS el stem Advanced Configuration u Co e Hardware Setup Network Ethermet Configuration Name BN_002 S A JC 940MC Ini File fit CPU System PPT UX2 Bus Cartier S Diagnostic BGG ETH Systembu EDS Errors General Program E Motion Control Subscriptions Publications User Defined Data We Aki Gi JX3 BN ETH 002 X Set the GNN at the DIP switch DIP switch sliders 1 through 8 of the JX3 BN ETH Set the operating mode GNN at the DIP switch DIP switch sliders 9 through 12 of the JX3 BN ETH Ea Launch JetSym 4 Select the device JX3 BN ETH in Hardware Manager 5 Select the tab Configuration Le As IP Address 1 enter
169. e of the JX3 BN ETH when the DIP switch sliders 9 through 12 of the JX3 BN ETH are in the position listed below DIP switch sliders Position 9 ON 10 OFF 11 OFF 12 OFF The GNN of the JX3 BN ETH is configured via DIP switch sliders 1 through 8 The coding is binary which means that for example switch 3 in position ON means GNN 4 Jetter AG 241 9 Programming 242 At system launch the JX3 BN ETH uses the network parameters stored in config ini until the network parameters configured in the Hardware Manager via JetControl which is the NetConsistency master are assigned to the JX3 BN ETH If NetConsistency has already assigned the network parameters configured in Hardware Manager to the JX3 BN ETH the JX3 BN ETH uses these for system launch The JX3 BN ETH stores the assigned network parameters in the file System config ini in the file system In this case the already existing file config ini is overwritten The GNN set by the DIP switch of the JX3 BN ETH is for identifying the JX3 BN ETH within the system in order to assign the network parameters configured in Hardware Manager Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Assigning the network parameters dependent on the GNN Introduction Network parameter assignment for MC JM xxx or JM xxx Via JetIPScan NetConsistency sets the network parameters automatically for the following devices Ethernet axes JM xxx JM 2xx OEM Ethernet axes MC JM xxx J
170. e subnet mask of the Ethernet port ETH 1 proceed as follows pa Enter the value 0 0 0 0 into 104533 Ea Enter the value 0 0 0 0 into 104532 ETH 2 Subnet mask 3 Enter the desired IP address of Ethernet port ETH 1 into register 104531 4 Enter the desired subnet mask into register 104532 5 Enter the desired IP address of the default gateway into 104533 Jetter AG 95 4 Mounting and installation Related topics 96 Result The Ethernet port ETH 1 is set Communication is possible again The default gateways of ports ETH 2 und ETH 3 are reset The reason is that only for one of the three ports an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 is permitted to be defined for a default gateway To set the IP address the subnet mask and the default gateway of the Ethernet ports ETH 2 and ETH 3 proceed accordingly The configuration memory see page 80 Setting the IP address via registers to be remanent see page 91 Setting a static route see page 99 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Using names for IP addresses Introduction Names can be specified as IP addresses for target systems e g when configuring the e mail client The controller resolves the names into IP addresses A configuration file or the Domain Name System is used to assign names to their corresponding IP address Name resolution Names are resolved to IP addresses in the following way Description OOOO eee the boot pr
171. e the capacity used of the user area from the file System flashdiskinfo txt Example In this example the fictive capacity used of a flash disk in a JetControl 940MC 8 MByte is shown Name flash disk Date 07 04 2011 Time 08 58 Tracks 126 Track 0 sectors 128 used 97 blocked 31 free 0 Track 1 sectors 128 used 111 blocked 17 free 0 Track 2 sectors 128 used 5 blocked 20 free 103 Track 3 sectors 128 used 97 blocked 31 free 0 Track 4 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 5 sectors 128 used 90 blocked 38 free 0 Track 6 sectors 128 used 5 blocked 0 free 123 Track 7 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 8 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 9 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 10 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 11 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 12 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 13 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 14 sectors 128 used 66 blocked 62 free 0 Track 15 sectors 128 used 80 blocked 48 free 0 Track 16 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 17 sectors 128 used 103 blocked 25 free 0 Track 18 sectors 128 used 83 blocked 45 free 0 Track 19 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 20 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 fr
172. ed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Command DirRemove Description Parameter name Parameter value Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Command FileCopy Description Parameter name 1 Parameter value 1 Creates a subdirectory Path Complete directory name All valid directory names m Higher level directories are available Invalid directory name Non existent higher level directory Name of an already existing directory The device does not generate the directory It enters the error into the log file COMMAND 1 Command DirCreate Path subl COMMAND 2 Command DirCreate Path subl sub2 Removes a subdirectory Path Complete directory name All valid directory names The directory is empty Invalid directory name Directory is not empty The device does not remove the directory It enters the error into the log file COMMAND 8 Command DirRemove Path subl sub2 This command is for copying a file Source Complete name of the source file Jetter AG 381 10 Automatic copying of controller data Parameter name 2 Parameter value 2 Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Destination Complete name of the destination file All allowed file names The destination directory does exist Incorrect filename Non existent source file Non
173. ee 128 Track 21 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 22 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 23 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 24 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 25 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 26 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 27 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 28 sectors 128 used 79 blocked 49 free 0 Track 29 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 30 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 31 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 32 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 33 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Jetter AG 131 6 File system Track 34 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 35 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 36 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 37 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0O free 128 Track 38 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 39 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 40 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 41 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 42 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 43 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 44 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 fr
174. ee 128 Track 45 sectors 128 used 0 blocked O free 128 Track 46 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 47 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0O free 128 Track 48 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 49 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0O free 128 Track 50 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0O free 128 Track 51 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 52 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 53 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 54 sectors 128 used 106 blocked 22 free 0 Track 55 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 56 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 57 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 58 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 59 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 60 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 61 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 62 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 63 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 64 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 65 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 66 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 67 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 68 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 69 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 70 secto
175. eeeeneeeeseeneeenseeneeenseeneeenees 55 Pinoutof the IX6 SV1 iiiaae a fantasia aE ada eal deviant eevee 56 Pinout of the JX6 lO1G6 CB i ciicssccdests tid dec teeati te etdeesieedac aiai 58 4 4 Indicators ANd LEDS wes siicaiecstccesescdseteceseensenccnctcn canedesaas cute cenetetnseenceeeteeeteesieonceesceeeavdaseaneeerverecvtaans 60 LEDS Ofte controle sinisini aani E i AAA E ERARA 61 LEDs of the controller during boot proceSS eesseessssseerrnsrsnnssernnsssnnnstunnaannnnnanannaatannantannaannnnne 63 Status LEDs Ethernet interface 0 ccccccccccceceeeee a iaaa Saaie 64 LEDs of the submodule JX6 SB l 0 00 eececeeeceeeeeeeeene ee ee eeneee eee eee A E 65 4 5 GOMtEOl COMIC INES irs neee Eaa Eaa aeaee aa eE EE aa aaaeeeaa 67 P shbutton SIO iieisaniiaiaas dai a aaa E eee teat 68 M de select r S17 ratini en a aaa aa aaa aea aaea aaa isana Aaaa 69 4 6 Installing and removing the controller JC 940MC cccccessseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeenseeneeenseeneeenseeenennes 71 Installing the controller JC 940MC 00 0 eeccceeecceeeeeeeeneeeee eee ee ee eaeeeeetaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeenaeeeeeeneeeetenaeeeeseaaes 72 Removing the controller JC 940MC 1 0 00 eceeee cence ee eeneee ee eene ee ee eeee ee teeeeeteeeeseeeeeetieeeeesneeeeeeaa 73 Jetter AG 5 Contents 4 7 4 8 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 8 1 Battery replacement iii cciacccccceet teccsecs cecested ceneseed nA NNER NEARE ENAERE SaaS 74 Removing the battery of the contro
176. embled temro O Orderrateremee O Ordering additional Specify your desired options in the order The controller cannot be equipped options with additional features afterwards Integrated Web server If the controller JC 940MC is equipped with integrated Web server and e mail and e mail feature feature it is able to perform the following functions HTTP server The user downloads the homepages into the controller via FTP They can be accessed with any standard internet browser SMTP client The controller sends e mails Modbus TCP The controller JC 940MC can be equipped with Modbus TCP protocol The controller can act as both server and client Jetter AG 21 2 Product description and design List of documentation Introduction Various documents and software tools will support the user in engineering installing and programming the JC 940MC controller You can download these documents and software tools from the Jetter AG homepage http www jetter de Engineering The following documents and files support you at engineering the controller Industrial automation catalog Product description Technical specifications Manual on the controller JC 3xx The document at hand Engineering a JX2 The following document and the following software tool support you when station on the JX2 engineering a JX2 station at the JX2 system bus JC 9xx system bus JX2 system bus specification System bus configurator
177. emote station 229099 aane cece 5 Invalid network address Bit 1 1 Error in connection with a publication 6 Invalid amount of registers Bit 7 1 Subscriber is running 7 Invalid interface number 255001 Command 232717 Max number of retries 102 Restart 232718 Number of retries 105 STOPP Network registers 110 Acknowledge error 255002 Publication ID of the last error 239000 IP adare SEES 255003 Number of publications 239399 255004 CRC of confi tion fil 235400 Port numbers Or connguraNon Me 235799 236000 Indirect register numbers 255010 Selection via command 236199 255011 Selection via ID GNN nnn 000 199 Publication 1nnn020000 JX3 module registers 255020 Status 1nnn179999 255021 Mode 1nnn202000 JX2 module registers 255022 Number of elements 1nnn227999 255023 Multicast group 1nnn810000 JetMove registers 255024 Hash 1nnn819999 255025 Current sequence number 1nnn980000 Indirect access via local register 236xxx 255026 Size bytes 1nnn980199 255027 Cycle time 1nnn990000 Indirect access with variable target window 255028 Number of publications sent 1nnn999999 255029 Number of retries 255030 Number of transmit errors Ethernet system bus 255100 9 more publisher register blocks Subscriber 255999 250000 Status bit coded Bit 0 1 No CRC 420 Jetter AG JC 940MC Quick reference JC 9xx RemoteScan 262965 Protocol type 262966 Amount of configuration blocks 262967 Status Modbus TCP 272702 Reg
178. enanedsuncabddveetandddeasandseeetenedsaaeaadevents 97 Seting a Static TOUS sitet ice tsteeis a a Gielen deel iene 99 Initial commissioning 103 Preparations for initial commissioning of the Controller cccceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeetnaeeeeee 104 Initial commissioning Of a JC 940MC 1 eee eececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenateeeeeaas 105 Configuration of a JX3 station at a IX3 BN ETH ee ecceeee cence ee eeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeaeeeeeenaees 107 Configuration in JetSym cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeseneeeeeseneaeeeseeeeeeeseenaeeeseenaees 109 File system 117 Properties sisi ccecind isnesiscanctcnnd caudanasncanensasdusenscaganerndsduannacandeersadduasnaaanaeeendsdpannacanuvarnaj ndnncedsdvansaesncnid 118 Flash disk Pr pertieS simoniaa a a aAa a i aa i 119 USB flash drive Properties siisii aiiai adaa aaa iia aa aaa 120 User administrati n npaka An SAA AAA NANNAN NARRASA ANASA ANANA ENTARA SANNAA ANNASA 121 Adminis Yaon OMUSCIS ee EE A 123 As delivered condition Predefined users and keys c ceseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 125 ASSIQMING IOCKS usao E A E den adie A 126 Assigning names to keys l0CkS x i ci ciacacpessced ene cence saana aa NANESE NNE EAN AEA KREASE Na 128 Reviewing the flash disk capacity used sssssssssennnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nna 130 Flash disk Capacity USCC enrera nna T OT OOTA 131
179. ength 380004 Number of error entries 380005 Index to error list 380006 Error entry 380007 Error stop code 380008 Number of codes until stop 1 0 networking 390000 node 10 390001 node 10 390002 node 10 390003 node 10 390004 node 10 390005 node 10 394001 394002 394003 395000 node 10 Status registers Error register Enhanced error register 1 Enhanced error register 2 JetSync status Subscriber status Subscription ID of the last error Address of a bus node not of a controller having reported an error GNN IP address Port number Control register Command NetConsistency function 470000 470008 470009 470010 470011 470020 470021 470030 470031 470032 470033 470034 470035 470040 470041 470042 470043 470044 470048 Basic drivers Cookie Version Status Bit O 1 Error Bit 1 1 Alarms Bit 2 1 Basic driver initialized Command 0 There are no commands Maximum possible number of instances Number of instances ready for operation Max number of error messages for the logger Number of error messages transmitted to the logger Max number of warnings for the logger Number of warnings forwarded to the logger Max possible number of error history entries Number of entries in the error history Error numbers Time of the error in ms Instance at which the error occurred Number of error parameters Error parameters 1 through 5 Jetter
180. equires knowledge on how to create application programs in JetSym and how to transmit them via the file system of the JC 940MC Topic Page Application program Default path ccceeececcceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeteenaees 410 The application program is stored to the USB flash drive 08 411 Loading an application program ecccceceeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeetees 413 409 12 Application program Application program Default path Introduction When uploading the application program from JetSym to the controller this program is stored as a file to the internal flash disk The device enters the path and file name into the file app start ini Path and file name In the directory app JetSym by default creates a subdirectory and assigns the project name to it Then JetSym stores the application program to this subdirectory assigning the extension esQ to it Path and file names are always converted into lower case letters The file app start ini This file is a text file with one section holding two entries oar Project Path to the application program file relative to app Name of the application program file Example Startup Project test _ program Program test _program es9 Result The application program is loaded from the file lapp test_program test_program es9 Related topics Storing the application program to the USB flash drive see page 411
181. er VO number Refer to documentation on JC 940MC Refer to documentation on JX3 BN ETH JC 940MC JX3 BN ETH JX3 DIO16 100102zzzz 10010102zz 100103zzzz 10010103zz Refer to documentation on JX3 BN ETH 100202zzzz 10020102zz JX3 D1016 JX3 BN ETH JX3 DIO16 182 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming JX3 module register and I O numbers from the JX3 BN ETH view Module number of a JX3 station Register numbers for JX3 modules I O numbers for JX3 modules Example of a JX3 station at a JX3 BN ETH This way you determine module numbers in a JX3 station Count the JX3 I O modules left to right starting with 1 Leave out the power supply module JX3 PS1 From the perspective of the Ethernet bus node the register numbers consist of the following elements pt fofotxixfezlele Element Description Value range XX Module number of the module within the JX3 02 17 station ZZzz Module register number 0000 9999 From the perspective of the Ethernet bus node the I O numbers consist of the following elements ERESEVERES ESE Element Description Value range XX Module number of the module within the JX3 02 17 station zz Module specific I O number 1 16
182. er numbers for local JX6 I O submodules connected to the JC 940MC consist of the following elements 2l e s s o ojz z Module board number fs J Number of the JX6 I O submodule located on the 1 2 module board Oom Module register number 100 999 I O numbers for local JX6 I O submodules connected to the JC 940MC consist of the following elements p2totsiyiololife Bement Deseripton Valerange J Number of the JX6 I O submodule located on the 1 2 module board z Module specific 1 O number 01 08 Jetter AG 173 9 Programming Register numbers of JX2 slave modules connected to the JX2 system bus Slave module numbers This way you can determine the slave module numbers of intelligent JX2 slave of JX2 slave modules modules and JetMoves at the JX2 system bus of the JC 940MC Count the JX2 slave modules left to right starting with 2 Leave out the power supply module JX2 PS1 Leave out non intelligent JX2 I O modules Register numbers for Register numbers for JX2 slave modules connected to the JX2 system bus of JX2 slave modules the JC 940MC consist of the following elements p2 ols Element Description Module board number Number of the JX6 I O board JX2 system bus located on the module board
183. erface to a USB flash drive Copying controller data automatically from or to a USB flash drive via sub directory USB1 of the controller file system is possible The function of jacks X62 X63 and X64 is as follows USB interface to a USB flash drive Up to two JX6 expansion modules can be connected to the PCI module board Topic Page Power supply terminal X10 ccccccccceeeeccececeeeseceecaeceeeeeeeseceeaeeeeeeeeeeennaees 39 Ethernet port ETH 1 jack X14 inia inanisaidia anaiai dianainn iaaiiai 41 Ethernet port ETH 2 jack X15 cceeeeececseceeeeeeeeeceeeaeceeeeeeeseceneaeeeeeeeeeeennaees 43 Ethernet port ETH 3 jack X16 i e dec cetasccnsteceed cers steieatee ies eaegeetteeadrevatenens 45 USB port Jacks X61 to X64 sinirinin iiidid aineid 47 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Power supply terminal X10 Terminal interface Terminal assignment Technical specifications Connector for power supply terminal X10 X10 lets you connect the following devices Power supply for the controller JC 940MC UU S 2 R 7 _ lary LES 2 LES Z MP DC24V 3 125A Power supply for controller JC 940MC Reference potential A 2 pin connector is incl
184. etSym oesrrercrrcinieiiiiieeii inniinn EAEE 395 Operating system update via FTP cc ceecceceeseneeceeseneeceeneneeeeenneeenesneeceeeneeeeeneneeeeenenaeeeenenees 396 Automatic OS update from USB flash rive c cccececeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeseceeeaeeeeeeeeeseceneaeeeeeeeeeneees 397 Operating system update from within the application program cccceseceeseeceeeeeeeeeeseaeees 398 OS update of a module oe ceceeeeeenee cece eens eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeee eee eeaeeeseseee sens seaneeseseseseesseaneeseeeens 401 OS update by means Of JetSyM wisccsciisectacseateteted dacseetebbigatidaaditadedetiidaaetatideaeatadaadatbaedeentie 402 Operating system update via FTP o ccccccccccececcceeeecdennecsssceteneedntesecseeceseaseeeeeeseeeseeeesenteeeesanies 403 Automatic OS update from USB flash rive ccccccceeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeesecneeaeeeeeeeeeteees 404 Operating system update from within the application program cccescceeceeeeeeeeeteesenaees 405 Application program 409 Application program Default path ccccceeeeeeeceecce cece ee eeeeneaeceeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeesecnaeaeeeeeereeeeeea 410 The application program is stored to the USB flash drive cccceceeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseaees 411 Loading an application Program cccccccccececceeeeeeeeececcaeeeeeeeeesecaeaeeeeeeeseseccasaeeeeeeesetensiaeeeeeess 413 Motion Control 415 Quick reference JC 9xx 417 427
185. existent destination directory The device does not copy the file It enters the error into the log file COMMAND 1 Command Source USB1 0S JC 940MC_1 03 0 20 0s FileCopy Command FileRemove Description Parameter name Parameter value Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Destination System OS op_system os COMMAND 2 Command FileCopy Source USB1 Manual pdf Destination subl Manual pdf Delete file Path Complete name of the file All allowed file names Incorrect filename The device does not delete the file It enters the error into the log file COMMAND _5 Command FileRemove Path subl Manual pdf Command DaFileRead Description Parameter name Parameter value Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Command DaFileWrite Description Transferring register values and flag states from a data file to the JC 940MC DaFile Complete name of the data file All allowed file names for data files Incorrect filename Nonexistent data file The data are not transmitted to the device JC 940MC The JC 940MC enters the error into the log file COMMAND 12 Command DaFile DaFileRead USB1 Data MyTestData da This command is for storing register values and flag states to a data file Jetter AG JC 940MC Parameter name 1 Parameter value 1 Allowed values Illegal values In the
186. feadeteelataaeatadediens 166 FIAQS TT E E andes ieeian seeded E eaten ada ee din eee atts ad aes 168 Jetter AG 155 9 Programming Operating system memory Introduction The OS is stored to a non volatile flash memory in the CPU Therefore the OS can be executed immediately after the device is powered up Characteristics Internal flash memory for storing OS data Internal volatile RAM for storing OS data Memory access The user is not allowed to directly access the OS memory To modify the OS it must be updated Related topics OS update see page 394 156 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming File system memory Introduction The file system memory is for storing data and program files Properties Internal flash disk Non volatile Slow access Milliseconds up to seconds A limited number of write delete cycles approx 1 million Internal flash disk size 8 MBytes Memory access By operating system By JetSym Via FTP connection By the e mail client By browser via HTTP server By means of file commands from within the application program Jetter AG 157 9 Programming Application program memory Introduction By default the application program is uploaded from JetSym to the controller and is stored to it Properties Stored as file within the file system Default directory app Files may also be stored to other directories Size limited by flash memory Memory access By operatin
187. fter writing a value to this register module JX6 SV1 outputs a voltage proportional to the written value at its analog output Module register properties Values 32 767 32 767 10 V 10 V 296 Jetter AG JC 940MC MR 103 MR 104 Programming Incremental encoder Strobe register Module register properties Values 24 bits Write Writing the actual count value to this register Read Reading the count value written to the register last Absolute encoder Encoder value This register shows the position value output by the SSI encoder Only if bit 0 is set in the status register MR 108 there are valid values to be read Module register properties Type of access Read Values 32 bits Incremental encoder Preset When writing a value into register MR 105 this value is taken over as new count value Module register properties Values 24 bits Absolute encoder Clock generator This register is for configuring the connected SSI encoder Meaning of the individual bits Bit 9 0 Frequency of the SSI pulse signal Module clock SSI clock 2 1 Example Module clock 8 MHz SSI clock 500 kHz 8 000 000 500 000 2 1 7 Bit 15 10 Data width of the SSI encoder in bits Pulse number 2 1 Jetter AG 297 9 Programming Example Number of increments 24 24 2 1 49 Module register properties Values 0 65 535 Example 49 1 024 7 50 183 MR 105 Incremental enc
188. g ON or OFF The variable name begins with a capital O followed by the output number The following types are possible we Netttion BOOL Output 0 gt Display 0 Output 1 gt Display 1 STRING Output 0 gt Display OFF Output 1 gt Display ON Standard type BOOL Example lt JW DTAG name 0201100308 gt Result The state of output 201100308 is inserted as 1 or 0 Access via pointer register is realized by inserting the capital letter P in front of the variable name In each case the value of the variable is displayed whose number corresponds to the content of the register specified in the 148 Jetter AG JC 940MC Access via pointer register and offset HTTP server variable name Examples lt JW DTAG name PR1000300 gt Result The content of the register is displayed whose number is contained in register 1000300 lt JW DTAG name PF1000300 gt Result The state of the flag is displayed whose number is contained in register 1000300 lt JW DTAG name PI1000300 gt Result The state of the input is displayed whose number is contained in register 1000300 lt JW DTAG name P01000300 gt Result The state of the output is displayed whose number is contained in register 1000300 To specify the number of the variable to be displayed it is also possible to add a constant value or another register content to the pointer register value Examp
189. g OS version This quick reference summarizes in brief the registers and flags of the controller JC 940MC with OS version 1 05 0 13 General overview Registers 100000 100999 Electronic Data Sheet EDS 101000 101999 Configuration 102000 102999 Real time clock 104000 104999 Ethernet 108000 108999 CPU 200000 209999 General system registers 210000 219999 Application program 230000 239999 Networking via JetIP 240000 249999 JetSync 250000 259999 Ethernet System Bus 260000 269999 RemoteScan 270000 279999 Modbus TCP 290000 299999 E mail 310000 319999 File system data files 320000 359999 FTP client 350000 359999 User programmable IP interface 380000 389999 Error history 390000 399999 O networking 470000 470999 NetConsistency Basic drivers 471000 471999 NetConsistency First instance 1000000 1119999 Application registers remanent Int Float 20SJ00000 20SJ19999 JX2 modules JetMove 2xx JX6 submodules 50000000 59999999 Motion Control Networking via Jetter Ethernet system bus GNN nnn 000 199 1nnn020000 JX3 module registers 1nnn179999 1nnn202000 JX2 module registers 1nnn227999 1nnn810000 JetMove registers 1nnn819999 1nnn980000 Indirect access via local R 236xxx 1nnn980199 1nnng90000 Indirect access with variable target window 1nnn999999 I Os General overview 20001 36000 Virtual I Os
190. g system By JetSym Via FTP connection By means of file commands from within the application program Related topics Application program see page 409 158 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Memory for volatile application program variables Introduction Properties Memory access JetSym STX program Setup pane Volatile variables are used to store data which need not be maintained when the JC 940MC is de energized Global variables which are not assigned to permanent addresses not VL or RL Local variables Variables are stored in a compact way Variables are initialized with value 0 when they are created By JetSym From the application program The following program increments the content of a global variable by one every 2 s Var Count inc End Var Task Inkrement Autorun Loop Inc Count Delay T 2s End _ Loop End Task The JetSym setup pane displays the content of the variable Number Description funeton Present content of the The content of the variable is incremented by variable one every two seconds Jetter AG 159 9 Programming Memory for non volatile application program registers Introduction Properties Memory access JetSym STX program Setup pane Non volatile registers are used to store data which must be maintained when the JC 940MC is de energized Global variables which are assigned to permanent
191. ger transfer the settings to the system parameters via Compare program Download This is done by the following instruction in Hardware Manager Compare program Download right mouse button on release Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Activating and deactivating JetIPScan in JetControl Introduction Enable JetIPScan Disable JetIPScan You have to enable JetIPScan by making an entry into the system command register The settings are remanent To enable JetIPScan proceed as follows Sse ow St Swenmeaeveson 2 Write value 1112502132 0x424f6f74 to password register 202960 ai Enter value 331 into system command register 202961 gt Bit 2 of register 202962 is set and JetIPScan is enabled To disable JetIPScan proceed as follows a Switch the device ON a Write value 1112502132 0x424f6f74 to password register 202960 3 Enter value 330 into system command register 202961 gt Bit 2 of register 202962 is cleared and JetIPScan is disabled Jetter AG 247 9 Programming Program run at system launch Program run at system The following table shows the program run at system launch launch During the boot process each network node except for JetControl and JX3 BN ETH uses the settings of the DIP switch as a fixed IP address During the boot process of the JetControl each network node is assigned a network configuration IP address subnet mask gateway address via
192. ger of NetConsistency Via the enhanced error register R 200009 Via error number register R 200051 of JetIPScan Via error number register R 200061 of NetConsistency R 200009 Enhanced error register R 200009 is a bit coded register Meaning of the individual bits Bit 12 Error message by JetIPScan 0 No error 1 JetIPScan has reported an error The error number is contained in R 200051 Bit 16 Error message by NetConsistency 0 No error 1 NetConsistency has reported an error The error number is contained in R 200061 and R 470040 Module register properties Type of access Read 258 Jetter AG JC 940MC R 200051 R 200061 Related topics Programming Error numbers of JetIPScan R 200051 shows the error numbers of JetIPScan NoError AllDiff CantSetlp Already CantSavelp InvalidList Invalidid Internal NotRunning WrongType NotFound MultiFound Module register properties Values 2 6 0 Type of access Read Error numbers of NetConsistency R 200061 shows the error numbers of NetConsistency see R 470040 Register description NetConsistency basic driver see page 249 Jetter AG 259 9 Programming 9 3 5 Administrating the connections of the JetIP TCP and STX debug server Introduction Number of connections This document covers the connection management enhancements of the JetIP TCP server and of the STX debug server in a JetControl PLC Previous to this enhance
193. gister array of 10 000 registers of the remote network nodes by an offset by entering a value into R 272702 of the remote network nodes Register overview Overview of the registers allowing indirect addressing with variable destination window 235000 GNN 235000 235199 Register array for IP addresses 235400 GNN 235400 235599 Register array of port number registers 1innn990000 1nnn990000 innn999999_ Register content of a remote network node The register is in the variable destination window which consists of 10 000 registers R 272702 0 2 147 483 647 Variable destination window The destination window is a register array of a remote network node This destination window is shifted by this offset with nnn GNN in the array 000 199 0000 in the array 0 9 999 Addressing scheme The addressing scheme for contents of indirect addressing with variable destination window is as follows 1 ninjnj 9 9 oO o o o 3 4 Register number Can be used directly GNN nnn 001 199 Global Node Number GNN of the remote network node 2 Designation 99 99 indicates indirect addressing of the register number with offset Index to a register oooo 0 9 999 The register is in the variable destination window which consists of 10 000 registers Jetter AG 203 9 Programming Steps to take for indirect addressing with destination window
194. gister number of the corresponding controller The basic register number is made up of the module board number and the number of the submodule on the module board p2 tots iy iololzfe Module board number a J Number of the JX6 I O submodule located on the 1 2 module board Ooz Module register number 100 999 The local JX6 SV module can be programmed using a set of module registers The functions of module registers 103 to 110 depends on whether an incremental encoder or an absolute encoder has been configured Description MR100 Module ID O MRa Hardware configuration MR 102 Analog output MR 103 Sobe valuelencoder value receve R104 Presetpulse generator O O ms foma OOO wr 06 Reeenesnfeet OOO O mno semeion OOO O O 295 9 Programming MR 100 MR 101 MR 102 Module ID This register shows you whether a JX6 SV1 has been connected Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset 1 with JX6 SV1 Hardware configuration This register is for setting the module hardware Always write 0 to bits that have not been documented Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Relay 0 de energized pin 14 not connected with pin 15 1 energized pin 14 is connected with pin 15 Bit 2 CHD signal on the counter chip 0 Counter zeroing reference has been disabled 1 Counter zeroing reference has been enabled Bit 5 Encoder type 0 Incremental encoder 1 SSI absolute encoder Analog output A
195. gt gt admin ord required for admin admin logged in successful 156 Opening ASCII mode data connection for LIST 10 37PM IR gt sD 2 37PM lt DIR gt oh 28PM lt DIR gt 48PM lt DIR gt SysConfig 36PM 651 dex htm 37PM 122 ssil i htm 37PM 471 pfeil gif 226 Transfer complete FTP 64d Bytes empfangen in 806Sekunden 339660 GQKB s ftp gt put jetter1 jpg 266 PORT command successful 154 Opening ASCII mode data connection for STOR 226 Wait for file system 226 Transfer complete z 64d Bytes gesendet in Sekunden 5332000 B KB s successful 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for LIST 9 16 86 16 38P R gt sD 49 16 48 lt DIR gt System 07 24 00 lt DIR gt app B6 11 00 HY SysConfig 02 10 00 index htm 092 10 00 ssil i htm g pfeil gif jetter1 jpg t complete 64d Bytes empfangen in 66Sekunden 391660 60KB s ftp gt by 211 Goodbye C gt 142 Jetter AG JC 940MC HTTP server 8 HTTP server Introduction A standard browser is sufficient for accessing the HTTP server The browser is for reading and displaying files which have been downloaded to the controller via FTP Here it may be necessary to enter the user name and password to have access to certain pages depending on the file system configuration This chapter covers the Server Side Includes SSI function included in the HTTP server Default file names The default file names are index htm and index html Su
196. h your local network you have to filter out unwanted multicasts by a router Publish subscribe operates with multicasts You can sort multicasts of publish subscribe in groups of 0 254 Related topics RFC5771 http www rfc archive org getrfc php rfc 57 71 Jetter AG 189 9 Programming Register access Introduction This chapter describes register access via GNNs Global Node Numbers when applying the Jetter Ethernet system bus Addressing via GNNs To reach remote peripherals addressing via GNNs is needed 200 network nodes can be addressed in the Jetter Ethernet system bus The Hardware Manager of JetSym assigns an unambiguous GNN to each controller and each remote network node in the Jetter Ethernet system bus By default the controller has got the GNN 000 This corresponds to nnn 000 The register array as of 1 billion is structured in the following way 1nnn020000 1nnn179999 JX3 peripheral modules at the JX3 BN ETH Register addressing 1nnn980000 1nnn980199 Indirect addressing of remote modules via register arrays resolved by NetCopy 1nnn990000 1nnn999999 Indirect addressing with variable destination window resolved by NetCopy 190 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Networking example The following illustration shows networking of a possible JX3 system Each network node is assigned a GNN oO 6 a miu ri
197. h the new operating system Jetter AG 403 11 Operating system update Automatic OS update from USB flash drive Reference An automatic OS update of the a JX2 or JX3 module from the USB flash drive can be carried out using the AutoCopy function For a detailed description turn to the chapter AutoCopy see page 371 404 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating system update Operating system update from within the application program Introduction The file functions included in the STX language allow to transfer an OS file to a module on the JX2 or JX3 system bus of the controller Prerequisites An OS file for the module is available in the file system of the controller The operating system of the controller and the application program are running The controller has put the system bus into operation without any errors The boot loader or the operating system of the module is running The controller must remain energized during the OS update process Updating the OS To update the OS of a module proceed as follows Open the OS file in read only mode 2 Open a file with any name and the extension os in the OS directory of the module in write mode Example System PCI Slot1 SB Module 1 JX2 Slave02 OS system os oder System PCI Slot1 SB Module2JX3 Module05 OS Irgendwas os 3 Read the data out of the OS file 4 Write these data to the target file for the module 5 Close both f
198. hance the functions To this end the following modifications are required Operating system update for the controller Operating system update for a connected JetMove 2xx New application program New values for some of the registers You copy the required files to a USB flash drive and create a command file for the AutoCopy function Then you send this USB flash drive along with a short instruction sheet to the plant operator Once the update is completed the operator returns the card The following illustration shows the directory structure and the files on the USB flash drive from the controller s point of view before the AutoCopy function is executed uss ga Bos E JC 940MC_1 03 0 20 05 E IM2xx_2 14 0 00 0s UserData E MyTestData da H UserProgs T start ini E userprogtest es3 autocopy ini Following execution the log file autocopy log has been added OPTIONS CommandCount 6 LogFile USB1 autocopy log LogAppend 0 update operating system of controller COMMAND 1 Command FileCopy Source USB1 0S JC 940MC_1 03 0 20 0s Destination System OS op system os update operating system of controller COMMAND 2 Command FileCopy Source USB1 0S JM2xx_ 2 14 0 00 0s Destination System PCI Slot1 SB Module2 JX2 Slave02 0S system os Jetter AG 387 10 Automatic copying of controller data create user program directories probably already present
199. has got the ID GNN 001 4 5 Element Deseription Register number Can be used directly Bus node ID GNN 001 ID of the first JX3 BN ETH Module number 02 The first JX3 I O module connected to the JX3 BN ETH Register prefix 100102 Module register number 0009 OS version of the JX3 Al4 In the setup window of JetSym you can directly read out the operating system version 1 4 0 0 via register number 1001020009 1001020009 100102000 1 4 0 0 Jetter AG 171 9 Programming Slot numbering Configuration B rar Description Slot number of the module board on the PCI bus J Number of the JX6 I O board located on the module board Numbering This way you can determine the numbers The counting direction of the module board slots on the PCI bus is right to left The module board slot on the PCI bus directly next to the CPU is assigned number 1 The lower JX6 I O board is assigned number 1 The upper JX6 I O board is assigned number 2 172 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Register and I O numbers of local JX6 I O submodules Register numbers for local JX6 I O submodules 1 O numbers for local JX6 1 0 submodules Regist
200. he software version numbers of the controller JC 940MC are four figure version numbers values Ss ca se i aaa Major or main version number i aa Minor or secondary version number SS ae Branch or intermediate version number Released version Areleased version can be recognized by both Branch and Build having got the value 0 Register overview The following registers let you read out the software versions 200169 Operating system version 240001 Version of the runtime unit for the STX application program Version numbers in The following screenshot shows a JetSym setup window displaying version JetSym setup registers To have the version number displayed in the setup window of JetSym select the format IP address Number Deseripton Function V 1 05 0 00 OS version number of the controller JetSym displays this information in the title bar of each setup window Related topics Hardware revisions see page 35 36 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation 4 Mounting and installation Purpose of this chapter This chapter is for supporting you in mounting and installing the JC 940MC controller as regards the following points Wiring the JC 940MC controller Description of the display items Description of control elements Installation Battery replacement Contents Topic Page NLC ACCS ciona a aaa E A aaa a Ea AE E 38 JX2 system bus interface communicating via PCI bus n se 48 Local JX6
201. heir connection to the entries in the configuration file System config ini Registers Section in Name in Description config ini config ini MRO Address IP address of the controller MRI SubnetMask Sets the subnet mask DefGateWay P address of the gateway to other subnets DNSServer P address of the server for the Domain Name System MR 33 through 51 PORTS JetIPBase P port number for OS update and communication between controllers IP port number for debugger setup in JetSym Specifies the controller name HOSTNAME SuffixType The type of the automatically generated suffix is attached to the controller name The configuration memory see page 80 Configuration file config ini see page 82 86 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Changing the IP address of the controller Introduction To be able to communicate with the controller JC 940MC via Ethernet you must set an unambiguous IP address on the controller Configuration options You can configure the IP address of the port ETH 1 in the following ways Configuration via file config ini Configuration during runtime via special registers not remanent Configuration via special registers remanent Configuration via the program JetipScan remanent You can configure the IP addresses ports ETH 2 and ETH 3 in the following ways Configuration during runtime via special registers not remanent Configuration via special regi
202. hen the controller is energized or when the corresponding command is automatically issued by the Hardware Manager after download The file ModConfig da lists registers with their corresponding values The OS enters the corresponding values into these registers This file also holds the IP addresses register 235000 GNN and port numbers register 235400 GNN of the nodes on the network It is no longer required to enter values into registers via application program Jetter AG 213 9 Programming Publish subscribe Functioning principle Introduction This chapter covers the functioning principle of the publish subscribe mechanisms The publish subscribe feature lets you exchange process data over Jetter s Ethernet system bus Each JC 9xx controller as well as each bus node JX3 BN ETH is able to publish and subscribe data Detected peripheral If you connect peripheral devices to a controller JC 9xx or to a bus node devices JX3 BN ETH the Hardware Manager detects the peripheral devices The Hardware Manager sets features of peripheral Jetter modules as process data Some of them are Status registers of the peripheral module Command registers of the peripheral module Error registers of the peripheral module Input data for peripheral modules with analog or digital inputs Output data for peripheral modules with analog or digital outputs Advanced settings If you want to access the publish subscribe settings of controller
203. his chapter the following skills skills are required The user must be familiar with the file system of the controller The user must be familiar with IP networks Contents Topic Page LOGON a ign tieae Gia E 140 Supported COMMAMNAS cccccceeeeccecceceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseceeaeeeeeeesesenseneeeeess 141 Example Windows FTP Client c eceeceeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeseeenneeeeeeeeettes 142 Jetter AG 139 7 FTP server Logon Logon Factory settings Administration of users Related topics 140 To be able to access the file system via FTP the FTP client must log on when the connection is established As Server Name enter the IP address of the device As User Name enter your user name e g admin As Password enter your password e g admin The factory settings include two user accounts USER1 NAME admin PW admin USER33 NAME system PW system The user administration of the file system lets you change the password and add new users User administration see page 121 Jetter AG JC 940MC FTP server Supported commands Supported commands The following table lists the commands known to the FTP server as well as their purpose USER Sends the user name is used at the beginning of the login process PASS Sends the password is sent after USER to complete the login process QUIT Terminates the connection PORT Specifies the IP address and port number to
204. ication program MR 806 Number of remanent registers trol com cc C Jetter AG JC 940MC Identifying the controller Related topics EDS File eds ini see page 29 Jetter AG 33 3 Identifying the controller 3 3 Version registers Introduction Contents 34 The operating system of the JC 940MC controller provides several registers which can be used to read out the revision numbers of the hardware or of the operating system and its components If you wish to contact the hotline of Jetter AG in case of a problem please have this revision ready Topic Page Hardware r visions 2 2c csdceasatels cuadtecenaieactsaboed cndeuidddassabedtedvabcdentivnaddaanctidiens 35 Software VERSIONS monnei ea csacdead beter inated T Ria 36 Jetter AG JC 940MC Identifying the controller Hardware revisions Introduction The controller JC 940MC features special registers the content of which lets you identify the hardware Register overview The following registers let you read out the hardware revisions 200170 Controller type Version numbers in The following screenshot shows a JetSym setup window displaying the JetSym setup version registers Related topics Software versions see page 36 Jetter AG 35 3 Identifying the controller Software versions Introduction The controller JC 940MC features software with unique version numbers which can be read out via special registers Format of software T
205. ice in the configuration memory is set as IP basic port number for JetIP communication The OS is running The controller must not be de energized during the OS update process Updating the OS To update the OS proceed as follows Select in the JetSym menu Build the menu item Update OS In the Advanced Configuration dialog of the Hardware Manager click on the button Update OS Result The file selection dialog opens Select the new OS file here Result In JetSym a confirmation dialog opens 3 Launch the OS upload by clicking the button Yes pa Wait until the update process is completed 58 To activate the transferred OS re boot the device Jetter AG 395 11 Operating system update Operating system update via FTP Introduction Using an FTP client an OS file can be transferred to the device JC 940MC Prerequisites An OS file for the JC 940MC is available An FTP connection to the device must be possible The login parameters for a user with administrator or system rights are at hand The operating system of the JC 940MC is running The controller must not be de energized during the OS update process Updating the OS To update the OS proceed as follows Establish an FTP connection to the JC 940MC Log in with administrator or system rights Navigate to the directory System OS Wait until the update process is completed Close the FTP connection To activate the transferred OS re bo
206. iles 6 If then you wish to update other modules proceed with step 1 reboot the controller to launch the new operating system do not you wish to update other modules Software versions The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 For other sample programs refer to JetSym online help Sample program Var SourceName Strang DestinationName String UpdatelIt Bool End Var Jetter AG 405 11 Operating system update J RR KKK KKK KK IK KK I AK A A KH kk k Name param in param in return veturn brief FileCopy SrcName name of source file DstName name of destination file gt 0 size of source file 0 error copies a file J RR RK KR KKK KK I AK IR A I KK kk kk k Function FileCopy Ref SrcName String Ref DstName String Int Var SrcFile DstFile File FileBuffer Array 1000 Of Byte Result Int ReadSize Int WriteSize Int FileSize Int End Var Result 0 FileSize 0 open source file for reading If FileOpen SrcFile SrcName r Then open If FileOpen DstFile destination file for writing DstName w Then read first block of data ReadSiz FileRead SrcFile FileBuffer SizeOf FileBuffer While ReadSize lt gt 0 Do write read data to destination file WriteSiz
207. iles 77 S Program Date of Generation 05 04 2013 11 58 55 4i n 4 JetSym Version E JC940MC_PubSub stsp ESTA 0 2 2920 E Include ee w Declaration o Setup E JC940MC_PubSub stes Data Dump ifndef __AUTO_PUBSUBVARIABLES_STXP define __AUTO_PUBSUBVARIABLES_STXP E Oscilloscope E Library var ae Sub_BN_001_JX3_AI4_02_Channel1 1 1001020002 d jub_BN_ _ 02_Channe int at v 4 iay Eeee Sub_BN_001_JX3_AI4_02_Channel2 int at vl 0 a mp Sub_BN_001_JX3_AI4_02_Channel3 int at wl 0 E Platforms stxp Sub_BN_001_JX3_AI4_02_Channel4 int at vl 0 By PubSubVariables stxp Sub_BN_001_JX3_AI4_02_Status int at vl 0 By StdSysAPl step Sub_BN_001_JX3_DI016_03_Status int at wl 0 B SwapEndianAPl stp Sub_BN_001_JX3_D1016_03_Inputs int at vl 0 External Dependencies mr ans twa nrar an nor a PEE EE E E ee Functions fffHardware E Files 53 Setup E PubSubvariables stxp X If in JetSym you execute a build F7 JetSym checks your configurations by means of the Hardware Manager and then updates the file PubSubVariables stxp Then upload the new configuration to the controller by selecting Download All Configurations In the following example Hardware Manager has generated the include file PubSubVariables stxp Hardware Manager has detected the following hardware JC 940MC of GNN 000 JX3 BN ETH of GNN 001 JX3 DIO16 at the bus node JX3 BN ETH DO NOT EDIT Automatically Generated Code DO NOT EDIT
208. ines should cross each other at an angle of 90 The following line cables must be shielded Analog lines data lines motor cables coming from inverter drives servo output stage frequency converter lines between components and interference suppressor filter if the suppressor filter has not been placed at the component directly Shield cables at both ends Unshielded wire ends of shielded cables should be as short as possible The entire shield must in its entire perimeter be drawn behind the isolation and then be clamped under the earthed strain relief with the greatest possible surface area When male connectors are used Draw the shield in its entire perimeter under the shielding clamp of the metallized connector housing impedance shielding respectively of the EMC gland bushing its greatest possible surface area being clamped under a strain relief Only use metallized connectors e g Sub D with metallized housing Make sure that the strain relief is directly connected with the housing here as well 14 Jetter AG JC 940MC Downloading Application Note 016 Jetter AG Safety instructions You can download Application Note 016 EMC Compatible Installation of Electric Cabinets from the Jetter AG homepage http www jetter de In order to download Application Note 016 browse the following path ndustrial Automation Support Downloads 07_application_notes 15 JC 940MC 2 Product description
209. ingle evaluation 10 Dual evaluation 11 Four fold evaluation Addition of offset 0 Addition disabled 1 Addition of an offset to a count and strobe value File format using an SSI encoder 0 Binary 1 Gray format Parity using an SSI encoder 0 No parity bit Jetter AG 299 9 Programming Bit 13 Bit 23 14 1 Parity check Polarity of the parity bit O even parity 1 odd parity Input filters Minimum signal duration until a signal is detected Tsig Tsys 1 Tsig Minimum signal duration Tsys Period of a system cycle 125 ns at 8 MHz Module register properties Values 24 bits Value after reset 0x300 MR 108 Status register After read access to this register all bits except for bit 3 are cleared Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 300 Strobe Incremental encoder 0 Strobe value not yet detected 1 Strobing value detected Absolute encoder 0 Invalid positioning value 1 Valid positioning value Reference strobe 1 Reference strobe detected Comparison with reference value 1 Count value and reference value agree with each other Counter zeroing 1 Counter zeroing has been executed Strobing value has been overwritten Incremental encoder 1 The value in the strobe register has been overwritten Absolute encoder 1 The position value has been overwritten Jetter AG JC 940MC MR 110 Related topics Bit 5 Bit 6 B
210. ired for pub sub End _ Loop End Task Jetter AG 195 9 Programming NetBitSetReg and NetBitClearReg Introduction Access via NetBit Parameters of the NetBit functions Benefit of applying NetBit functions Software versions The NetBit command is an all purpose tool to set or clear register bits of Jetter products The Jetter products are interconnected via an Ethernet network NetBit functions with the following nodes Controllers Bus node Communication modules To access other nodes use the command NetBit as follows If then you wish to set register bits for another use the command NetBitSetReg you wish to clear register bits of another use the command node NetBitClearReg_ For detailed information on the parameters refer to the JetSym help NetBit functions let you both set and clear bits in one go Without the NetBit functions only the folllowing actions can be taken ANetCopy command lets you copy the register value from the remote node to the local controller Changing the state of the bits on the local controller as desired Another NetCopy command lets you copy the register value to the remote node again For this several commands are required Thus a register value may be changed during this action by an application program running on the remote controller The second NetCopy command will then overwrite this value again There is an undefined d
211. isher Name PubToBN_001 Properties Cycle Time 2 ms Max response time 6 ms Active SubToBN_001 X This dialog shows the configuration for the subscription SubToBN_001 of the bus node The subscription is assigned to the publication PubToBN_001 that is to publishing JetSym creates the subscription automatically which lets the controller publish output data and the bus node subscribe to them 220 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Publication parameter options Introduction Configuration parameter options Jetter AG In the Hardware Manager the following publication parameters can be set GNN and name of publication Times Network properties Using and creating further variables The respective configuration menu lets you make the following settings Configuration l Advanced Publisher Variables fa ages ID 10001001 Properties Cycle Time 2 ms Active f PubToBN_001 X ee Description Name of the publication The name is generated automatically It consists of the following components Pub being the prefix in Publication To designating the direction Here BN being the target ID of the publication project JetSym manages each publication and subscription using IDs Properties of the cycle time The publisher sends the message in the set time interval The cycle time for publishing is typically 2 ms Theoretically a value up to 2 1 is pos
212. ister content 0 gt Display 1 REAL Floating point decimal STRING Text register Standard type INT Example JW DTAG name R1000250 type REAL format 0 factor 3 25 offset 500 Result This instruction causes the contents of register 1000250 to be multiplied by 3 25 and then added to product 500 The result appears in the Web browser with sign and at least five integer positions before the decimal point If need be five leading zeros are added Furthermore three decimal positions are added The variable name begins with a capital F followed by the flag number The following types are possible Type BOOL Notation Flag 0 gt Display 0 Flag 1 gt Display 1 STRING Flag 0 gt Display FALSE Flag 1 gt Display TRUE Standard type BOOL Jetter AG 147 8 HTTP server Inputs Outputs Access via pointer register Example lt JW DTAG name F100 type STRING format gt Result The state of flag 100 is displayed as string T or F The variable name begins with a capital followed by the input number The following types are possible BOOL Input 0 gt Display 0 Input 1 gt Display 1 STRING Input 0 gt Display OFF Input 1 gt Display ON Standard type BOOL Example lt JW DTAG name 1I201200308 type STRING gt Result The state of input 201200308 on the CPU is displayed as strin
213. ister offset 272704 Input offset 272705 Output offset 278000 16 bit I O registers overlaid by virtual I Os 20001 278999 36000 E mail 292932 IP address of the SMTP server 292933 IP address of the POP3 server 292934 Port number of the SMTP server 292935 Port number of POP3 server 292937 Status of e mail processing 292938 Task ID E mail File system data file function 312977 Status of file operation 312978 Task ID FTP client 320000 Number of open connections 320001 Command 320002 Timeout 320003 Server port 320004 Selection via number 320005 Selection via handle 320006 Server socket IP address 320007 Server socket Port 320008 Client socket IP address 320009 Client socket Port 320100 Access status 320101 Task ID User programmable IP interface Reading out the connection list 350000 Last result 1 no connection selected 350001 1 Client 2 Server 350002 1 UDP 2 TCP 350003 IP address 350004 Port number 350005 Connection state 350006 Number of sent bytes 350007 Number of received bytes Error history 380000 Status Bit 0 1 Recording Bit 1 1 Stop if buffer is full Bit 2 1 Stop on error code Bit 3 1 Remanent memory 380001 Command 1 Clear error log 2 Start error log 3 Stop error log 4 Stop if error buffer is full 5 Circular buffer 6 Stop on error code ON 7 Stop on error code OFF 10 Remanent memory 11 Dynamic memory 380002 Buffer length 380003 Maximum buffer l
214. it 7 Programming Lost reference value 1 Anew reference value got lost as the previous value has not been read out yet Z track error 1 Z track errors or maximum travel speed exceeded or illegal Z track change Parity error 1 A parity error has occurred Sampling timer This register value determines the intervals of reading the position value from the encoder When the register content is 0 sampling will not be carried out If you write a value other than 0 to the register a sampling cycle is carried out when the set interval has elapsed Module register properties Values 0 65 535 Calculation Module frequency sampling frequency 2 1 Example Module frequency 8 MHz Sampling frequency 1 kHz 8 000 000 1 000 2 1 3 999 Slot numbering of the module board and of the JX6 I O module see page 172 Jetter AG 301 9 Programming Sample program for local JX6 l O submodules Task Solution Sample configuration Program function Software versions JetSym STX program Cyclically read the position value of an absolute encoder with an SSI interface Simultaneously physically establish moving lights For reading the position value read module JX6 SV1 Physically establish the moving lights by using module JX6 IO16CB This example is based on the following configuration The module board is inserted in PCI slot 1 S 1 The JX6 1016CB module is inserted in slot 1
215. ization process The register number within the system is unique The Global Node Number GNN is an ID number ranging from 000 199 which lets you address controllers and bus nodes The Hardware Manager configures the GNN and assigns a unique and specific ID to each controller and bus node In each project GNN 000 is assigned to the controller by default Inthe same project the GNN assigned to bus nodes ranges from 001 199 Via module register 9 the OS version of a JX2 I016 module can be accessed A JX2 1016 module is connected with the JX2 system bus at its first position placed in the PCI slot 1 module board 1 at the upper part of the system bus At the JX2 system bus the module number of this module is 2 1 2 0 1 2 0 3 0 0 i 2 3 f g Number Element Description 1 Register number Can be used directly 2 Register prefix 20120300 For the first JX2 I O module connected to a JC 940MC controller 3 Module register r 9 OS version of the JX2 1016 number In the setup window of JetSym you can directly read out the operating system version 2 01 via register number 201203009 201203009 201203009 201 ame tuber Content 2 170 Jetter AG JC 940MC Example Registers on the Ethernet system bus Programming A JX3 Al4 module is connected to a bus node JX3 BN ETH The module number of the JX3 module is 2 The bus node
216. king 1m Product packaging 0 3 m Vibration resistance 5 9 Hz Amplitude 3 5 DIN EN 61131 2 mm DIN EN 60068 2 6 9 150 Hz 1 g acceleration 1 octave minute 10 frequency sweeps sinusoidal all three spatial axes Shock resistance 15 g occasionally 11 ms DIN EN 61131 2 sinusoidal half wave DIN EN 60068 2 27 3 shocks in the directions of all three spatial axes Degree of protection IP20 DIN EN 60529 431 14 Appendix Operating parameters Enclosure Electrical safet Protection class Mm DIN EN 61131 2 Dielectric test voltage Functional ground is DIN EN 61131 2 connected to chassis ground internally Protective connection Oo DIN EN 61131 2 Overvoltage category Mo DIN EN 61131 2 EMC Emitted E Val S Enclosure Frequency band 30 DIN EN 61000 6 3 230 MHz limit 30 dB uV m DIN EN 61131 2 i DIN EN 55011 Frequency band 230 1 000 MHz limit 37 dB V m at 10 m distance Class B EMC Interference immunity Standard Magnetic field with mains DIN EN 61131 2 frequency DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 8 RF field amplitude modulated Frequency band 80 MHz DIN EN 61131 2 1 GHz DIN EN 61000 6 2 Test field strength 10 V m DIN EN 61000 4 3 AM 80 mit 1 kHz Criterion A Discharge through air DIN EN 61131 2 Test peak voltage 8 kV DIN EN 61000 6 2 Contact discharge DIN EN 61000 4 2 Test peak voltage 4 kV CriterionA 432 Jetter AG JC 940MC Appendix DC power supp
217. king directory in FTP server ServerDir Complete directory name All valid directory names Invalid directory name The device does not switch the directory It enters the error into the log file COMMAND 12 FtpDirChange Data MyTestData Command ServerDir Create a subdirectory in the FTP server ServerDir Complete directory name All valid directory names Higher level directories are available Invalid directory name Non existent higher level directory Name of an already existing directory The device does not generate the directory It enters the error into the log file COMMAND 6 Command FtpDirCreate ServerDir Data MyTestData If a directory with the corresponding path is specified as function parameter all directories up to the directory to be created must exist Recursive creation of several directories is not supported Clear the subdirectory in the FTP server ServerDir Complete directory name All valid directory names The directory is empty Invalid directory name Directory is not empty The device does not remove the directory It enters the error into the log file COMMAND 8 Command FtpDirRemove ServerDir Data MyTestData Jetter AG JC 940MC Automatic copying of controller data Example of a command file Task Solution USB flash drive Content Command file The controller JC 940MC controls an already existing plant In this plant you want to en
218. lag numbers 0 255 Global variables which are assigned to permanent addresses MX Non volatile Overlaid by registers 1000000 through 1000055 Quantity 1 792 Flag numbers 256 2047 Global variables which are assigned to permanent addresses MX When the operating system is launched special flags are initialized using their default values Quantity 256 Flag numbers 2048 2303 By JetSym By the e mail client By browser via HTTP server From HMls From the application program Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 2 Numbering registers and I Os for a JC 9xx Introduction Applying a register number Applying an I O number Contents Jetter AG Controllers and modules produced by Jetter AG offer a host of functions which can be accessed by the user via registers A unique number is assigned to each register and each digital input or output Register numbers are applied in the following cases You want to read or write to a module register in the JetSym setup You want to declare a module register a variable in the JetSym application program You want to declare a module register a tag in JetViewSoft I O numbers are applied in the following cases You want to read from a digital input in the JetSym setup You want to read or write to a digital output in the JetSym setup You want to declare a digital input or output a variable in the JetSym a
219. le array Module array Dummy I O module JX2 slave dummy modules Monitoring interval for I O modules 10 ms Baud rate of JX2 system bus ON delay I O module where a peripheral fault has occurred bit coded Number of CANopen modules Actual I O sum of modules on the JX2 system bus Version of JX2 system bus driver IP Timeout for register access to CANopen modules CANopen sync intervall ms Enabling JX2 system bus special functions Bit 2 CAN PRIM Bit 3 CAN PRIM only CANopen module index for JX2 system bus application registers SysBus application regs Register number 65 89 SysBus application reg Object ID SysBus application reg Subindex SysBus application reg Length Special flag overlaid Bit 0 Flag 2048 Timeout during an access to a JX2 I O module Bit 1 Flag 2049 Timeout during an access to a JX2 slave module Bit 2 Flag 2050 Timeout during register access to a JX2 I O module Special flag overlaid Bit 1 Flag 2065 Activated error signalization for output driver errors Bit 3 Fatal system bus error Special flag overlaid 422 Jetter AG JC 940MC Quick reference JC 9xx Bit14 Flag 2270 208J10542 CAN ID mask Timeout during an access to an inactive Box 20 JX SIO module 20SJ10543 Command register of the box 20SJ02652 Special flag overlaid Box 20 A F Ba Flag 2272 a oe Received CAN ID Access to an unknown JX S O register Bit 1 Flag 2273 Access to a JX S O regi
220. le in the section FILES must be entered in AutoCopyIni For access to the configuration file at least system rights are required The command file and other required files are available Jetter AG 371 10 Automatic copying of controller data Example config ini This is an example of a configuration file config ini with an entry AutoCopylni JC 940MC System Configuration Copyright c 2009 by Jetter AG Ludwigsburg Germany IP Address 192 168 10 209 SubnetMask 255 255 255 0 DefGateway O O O O DNSServer 192 168 10 244 HOSTNAME SuffixType 0 Name JetControl940MC PORTS JetIPBase 50000 JVMDebug 52000 FILES AutoCopyIni USB1 autocopy ini Designation In this description Complete Name means the name of the file or directory including the complete path Contents Topic Page Operating principle seeiis iain cece ee eeeeeeaeceeeeeeeseceaeaeeeeeeesenenaneeeeeeeteees 373 The Tile AUtOCO PY MAN censeo a A R cumentiey 378 LOG TNO EE E E E T te snnea tid E A 389 Data file Saee a Reis a ee ei E E eee 391 372 Jetter AG JC 940MC 10 1 Operating principle Automatic copying of controller data Introduction Contents Topic Activating the AutoCopy feature Executing AutoCopy commands Terminating AutoCopy mode Jetter AG This chapter describes how to start and execute the AutoCopy function 373 10 Automatic copying of controller data Activating the A
221. lease type option T and the value in terms of seconds Default value is 5 seconds to change the Timeout value R to read the values from each controllers Additionally you can type F and file name to save the response to a file nge the Timeout value uY to set IP address Mask or Gateway values and after that type la set the IP address or set the Mask or set the Gateway and file name to save the response to a file nge the Timeout value Driicken Sie eine beliebige Taste m L Administrator Eingabeaufforderung M SchnittstellenVetIPScanVetIPScan_1_08_01 VetIPScanV1 Sto T and the value in terms of seconds Default value is 5 seconds to cha and the value in terms of seconds Default value is 5 seconds gt to chal x A First an Ethernet connection between the PC and the controller JC 940MC must be established 88 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Changing the IP address To change the IP address of the controller JC 940MC proceed as follows Step Action 1 Write a batch file The content of the batch file is JetIPScanV1 08_01 exe W I 192 168 10 150 N Execute the batch file gt Result JetIPScan is launched and shows all IP addresses which are presently active on your PC 3 Select the interface IP address connected with the controller JC 940MC of which you want to determine the IP address cx C WetIPScanWetIPScanV1 08_01 exe JWetIPScan
222. legal values In case of illegal value or missing entry PORT In the given example Description Allowed values Illegal values In case of missing entry HELO In the given example Description Allowed values 192 168 40 1 IP address of the SMTP server can also be specified as name gt 1 0 0 0 m lt 223 255 255 255 Network address Broadcast address The e mail feature is not available 25 000 Port number of the SMTP server gt 0 m lt 65 536 m gt 65 335 25 JetControl_2 Name for logging on at the e mail server String of 63 characters max Jetter AG 309 9 Programming 310 In case of missing entry USER In the given example Description Allowed values In case of missing entry PASSWORD In the given example Description Allowed values In case of missing entry When sending the e mail the JC 940MC uses the entry contained in FROM JetControl0815 Log on name for SMTP authentication If this entry exists the entry PASSWORD is required too String of 63 characters max SMTP authentification will not be carried out MyPassWord Log on password for SMTP authentication If this entry exists the entry USER is required too String of 63 characters max SMTP authentification will not be carried out Jetter AG JC 940MC Section POP3 Introduction Example Authentication Configuration values Programming In this section
223. lements p2f ots sfjol s x Bement Description Vauerange os Module board number J Number of the JX6 I O board JX2 system bus located on the module board OK I O module number minus 2 oz Module register number Register numbers for IP67 I O modules connected to the JX2 system bus of a JC 940MC consist of the following elements 2 lo s s ofx gt z Bement Description Vauerange os Module board number ox Module specific I O module number z Module specific I O number J Number of the JX6 I O board JX2 system bus 1 2 located on the module board 02 32 Jetter AG 177 9 Programming Example Several IP67 I O modules are connected to a JC 940MC controller Je of JCE AUR P E af E cs e oo E ECTE Refer to documentation on JC 940MC 178 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Registers and I O numbers of CANopen modules on the JX2 system bus I O module numbers of CANopen modules Register numbers for CANopen modules I O numbers for CANopen modules This way you can determine the I O module numbers of CANopen modules at the JX2 system bus of the JC 940MC In most cases the I O module numbers correspond to the node ID of the CANopen module Exceptions SMC EX120 and Lenze frequency inverter Register numbers for CANopen modules
224. ler For more information refer to chapter P Configuration in the manual on JC 9xx Set the IP address on the bus node JX3 BN ETH This IP address must differ from the IP address of the controller Please refer to the chapter P Configuration in Jx3 bn eth_ba_xxxy_manual For instance the controller has got IP address 192 168 10 170 The bus node can then be assigned the default IP address 192 168 10 15 Take care that the first three elements of the IP addresses are identical Supply the JX3 station with power Launch JetSym Then configure the JX3 station following an example For more information refer to chapter Configuration in JetSym see page 109 Configure the JX3 station using the Hardware Manager For more information refer to chapter Hardware Manager see page 207 Enter the sample program Then upload the program to the controller For more information refer to chapter Hardware Manager Publish Subscribe see page 214 Jetter AG 107 5 Initial commissioning State of LEDs after If commissioning has been completed without error the states of the LEDs on power up JX3 BN ETH must be as follows JX3 BN ETH R Je Logic voltage supply is OK CE os e 108 Jetter AG JC 940MC Initial commissioning Configuration in JetSym Int
225. ler JC 940MC OS version 1 05 For other sample programs refer to JetSym online help Var SourceName String DestinationName String UpdatelIt Bool End Var J RR RRR KKK HK KK KK IK I I OK I KK KK Name FileCopy param in SrcName name of source file param in DstName name of destination file return gt 0 size of source file ceturn lt 0 error brief copies a file J BK RK RK KK KK RK I KK KA I I I Oe Function FileCopy Ref SrcName String Ref DstName String Int 398 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating system update SrcFile DstFile File FileBuffer Array 1000 Of Byte Result Int ReadSize Int WriteSize Int FileSize Int End Var Result 0 FileSize 0 open source file for reading If FileOpen SrcFile SrcName r Then open destination file for writing If FileOpen DstFile DstName w Then tead first block of data ReadSize FileRead SrcFile FileBuffer SizeOf FileBuffer While ReadSize lt gt 0 Do write read data to destination file WriteSiz FileWrite DstFile FileBuffer ReadSize If WriteSize lt gt ReadSize Then write error Result 3 Exit inad If Inc FileSize WriteSize read next block of data ReadSize FileRead SrcFile FileBuffer SizeOf FileBuffer End While close both files FileClose SrcFile FileClose DstFile Else can t open destination file FileCl
226. les lt JW DTAG name PR1000300 100 gt Result The content of the register is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and value 100 lt JW DTAG name PR1000300 R1000100 gt Result The content of the register is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the content of register 1000100 lt JW DTAG name PF1000300 100 gt Result The state of the flag is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and value 100 lt JW DTAG name PF1000300 R1000100 gt Result The state of the flag is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the content of register 1000100 lt JW DTAG name PI1000300 100 gt Result The state of the input is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the value 100 lt JW DTAG name PI1000300 R1000100 gt Jetter AG 149 8 HTTP server Result The state of the input is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the content of register 1000100 lt JW DTAG name PO1000300 100 gt Result The state of the output is displayed whose number results from the addition of the content of register 1000300 and the value 100 lt JW DTAG name P01000300 R1000100 gt Result The state of the output is
227. ller JC 940MC o oo eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeeetaeeeseeaeeeeeeaas 75 IP configuratii iiccsiei cecetece feeustti Cocetuce aeaaeai aaa EaR EEANN EAA Eaa Aaea 76 Factory Sellis aercsncrarann ari NATE RA 77 Determining the IP address of the controller JC 940MC sssssssesnsseerssesrrsseerrsseerrssrerrssrrrnsseeens 78 The Configuration Memo 2 s0020iissectcsieeeteciceectdatceeevidedeeet idisteivcd cae saieebevedideeesaadieeedadeetsaacutevds 80 Configuration file config ANI siz ces2ieeccsicececeeitedeced cxacesevidecdevehiacevdvadadeesd nacdbevidiceevtiiicecevatideesbuacdvevis 82 Configuration reGisters iiscccaceccs Acted cctieceevevinedecsd cuccebevide dd evediteae A NRA 86 Changing the IP address of the Controller eee ceececeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeesieeeessneeeere 87 Changing the IP address of the controller JC 940MC via JetIPScan ccccceeeeecteeeeeeeeeeees 88 Setting the IP address via Config ini file cece ee eee ee ee eene ee ee sents ee eaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeessnaeeeenes 90 Setting the IP address via registers to be remanent cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeeeteaeeeeetneeeere 91 Setting the IP address automatically via the USB flash drive eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeneeeeees 94 Setting the IP address during runtime eee eee eenee eee enee ee erence ee ee eaaeeeeeeaaeeeeetaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeee 95 Using names for IP addresses ou cisececncdeceteceteentebdceeetanedduecandsev
228. ller automatically generates an individual name The controller JC 940MC presently does not use the host name SuffixType In the given example Description Allowed values In the event of an illegal value Name In the given example Description Allowed values In the event of an illegal value Section PORTS 0 The type of the automatically generated suffix is attached to the controller name 0 No attachment 1 Low order byte of the IP address in decimal notation 2 Low order byte of the IP address in hexadecimal notation JetControl940MC Specifies the controller name First character A Z a z Next characters A Z a z 0 9 JetControl940MC In section PORTS the IP port numbers of data and debug servers within the controller are specified The IP port numbers must be consistent with for example the port numbers set in JetSym JetIPBase In the given example Description Allowed values In the event of an illegal value JVMDebug In the given example Description Allowed values In the event of an illegal value 84 50000 IP port number for OS update and communication between controllers m 1024 65535 50000 52000 IP port number for debugger setup in JetSym m 1024 65535 52000 Jetter AG JC 940MC Changing the IP configuration Related topics Mounting and installation Create on your PC a configuration file na
229. ly inputs and outputs EMC Immunity to interference Standard RF asymmetric Frequency band 0 15 80 MHz DIN EN 61131 2 Test voltage 10 V DIN EN 61000 6 2 AM 80 with 1 kHz DIN EN 61000 4 6 Source impedance 150 Q Criterion A Bursts Test voltage 2 kV DIN EN 61131 2 tr tn 5 50 ns DIN EN 61000 6 2 Repetition rate 5 kHz DIN EN 61000 4 4 Criterion A Surge voltages tr th 1 2 50 us DIN EN 61131 2 asymmetric line to earth Common mode interference DIN EN 61000 6 2 symmetrical line to earth Voltage 1 kV DIN EN 61000 4 5 Series mode interference voltage 0 5 kV Jetter AG 433 14 Appendix Shielded data and I O lines EMC Immunity to interference Frequency band 0 15 80 MHz DIN EN 61131 2 Asymmetric RF amplitude modulated Bursts Voltage surges asymmetric line to earth Test voltage 10 V AM 80 with 1 kHz Source impedance 150 Q Criterion A Test voltage 1 kV tr tn 5 50 ns Repetition rate 5 kHz Criterion A tr th 1 2 50 us Common mode interference voltage 1 kV DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 6 DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 4 DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 5 434 Jetter AG JC 940MC Index B Index A Application program Loading an application program 413 Default path 410 Storing to an USB flash drive 411 Automatic copying of controller data 371 Example of a command file 387 Battery replaceme
230. med config ini using a text editor and make the corresponding entries Open an FTP connection between the PC and the JC 940MC controller Log in as user with administrator or system rights Default login information User admin Password admin Copy the configuration file named config ini which has been created by you to the controller Close the FTP connection Reboot the controller Result If the data in the configuration memory are invalid the new configuration is active za Browse to directory System of the controller JC 940MC The configuration memory see page 80 Configuration registers see page 86 Jetter AG 85 4 Mounting and installation Configuration registers Introduction Register numbers Configuration registers Related topics The parameters of the IP configuration can be read and modified via the configuration registers An array of registers holds the data contained in the file System config ini Another array contains the parameters used for initializing the IP interface The basic register numbers of both arrays are dependent on the device The register number is calculated by adding the number of the module register MR to the number of the basic register Controller Data range Basic register Register numbers number JC 940MC 101100 101100 101165 Parameters 101200 101200 101265 used The following table lists the registers of both arrays as well as t
231. ment nodes were only able to clear active connections with other nodes If for example the Ethernet cable was unplugged or cut the node was not able to clear the connection The connection remained active The enhanced connection management allows for the server to clear connections according to criteria that can be set by the user The number of simultaneously established connections for the TCP server ina JetControl is limited to the following value Connections JetIP TCP server 4 STX debug server Contents Topic Page Automatic termination of CONNECTIONS cece cee cc cece ee cccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 261 Registe sansirnir t u venccuayssaacdin E 263 260 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Automatic termination of connections Introduction Default setting No automatic termination of connections Terminating the connection with the longest time of inactivity Terminating the connection when the set minimum time has expired Terminating any connection If the maximum number of simultaneously established connections has been reached any further connections cannot be established If further connect requests are made the user can set the response by the JetIP TCP server and of the STX Debug server There are the following possibilities Reject new connection Terminate one existing connection and establish the new one Terminate all existing connections and establish the new one By defaul
232. module located on the board zzz Module Module register number number 100 999 999 The local JX6 I O module can be programmed using a set of module registers MR100 State of the digital inputs MRI Access to the digital outputs O MR Eror sie otmeagiatoupus O mR contest OOOO O mR terinenalofinpus ties wR 105 Frerimenalotnous508 O O 290 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming MR 100 Digital inputs The input state can be read from MR 100 At a voltage greater than 12 V the bit assigned to this input is set in this register 1 At lower voltages the assigned bit is not set 0 Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Input 1 Bit 1 Input 2 Bit 7 Input 8 Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset State of the inputs MR 101 Digital outputs From MR 101 the output state can be read and the outputs can be energized and de energized When the bit is set the assigned output is energized When the bit is reset the assigned output is de energized Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Output 1 Bit 1 Output 2 Bit 7 Output 8 MR 102 Error state of the digital outputs The error state of the digital outputs can be read from bit 7 of MR 102 The other bits of this register remain cleared 0 Even if the error is cleared bit 7 remains set Clear bit 7 by writing any value to this register Meaning of the individual bits Bit 7 Collective error message of the digital outp
233. ms Network nodes are the controller the communication modules and the bus nodes For details on characteristic features of publish subscribe please turn to chapter Hardware Manager Related topics Hardware Manager see page 207 192 Jetter AG JC 940MC NetCopy Introduction Access via NetCopy Parameters of the NetCopy functions NetCopy Example NetCopy and the bus node Programming The NetCopy command is a versatile tool for data exchange between Jetter products via Ethernet The NetCopy command lets you copy the following data Register values Values of register blocks Variable values Values of variable blocks NetCopy functions with the following nodes Controllers Bus nodes Communication modules To access other nodes use the command NetCopy as follows If then you wish to copy data from the controller use the command to another node NetCopyRegToReg NetCopyVarToReg you wish to copy data from another node use the command to the controller NetCopyRegFromReg NetCopyVarFromReg For detailed information on the parameters refer to the JetSym help As you can see in the following illustration a controller JC 9xx is connected to a PC The bus node JX3 BN ETH is connected to a peripheral module JX3 Al4 When the Hardware Manager detects the peripheral module JX3 Al4 it creates publish subscribe variables You may use
234. n the config ini file IP Address aaa bbb ccc ddd ee O O esenp If the data in the configuration memory are not o k the controller uses the IP address settings in the configuration file config ini Yet this only applies to the Ethernet port ETH 1 Establish an FTP connection to the JC 940MC controller Step Log in as user with administrator or system rights Default login information User admin Password admin User system Password system o3 E E e 90 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Setting the IP address via registers to be remanent Introduction Register overview The IP interfaces ETH 1 to ETH 3 are initialized during the boot process by the settings in the configuration memory The following remanent settings can also be changed via registers P address of the controller Subnet mask IP address of default gateway Static route of the IP address Static route of the subnet mask Static route of the gateway IP address of DNS server Host name and suffix type Port numbers for JetIP and the JetSym debugger Stormo em Petes O O m em sumnetmase tora ETH TEIP adress faut gateway C amaos Passes ofONSsener O O Stoo emzPadses O mm Emz sunetmase O aena era eens ot defaut gateway C mas emaa O tore emase torts ETH SEIP adress ot defaut gateway O amaie ETH Sateroue otte Padites amais ETH Saterue otte gatoney O amao ETZ Sateroue o
235. nager manages all connected hardware components The Hardware Manager assists you in the following aspects Engineering and configuring control systems and bus nodes Engineering modules and axes at the JX2 system bus and configuring axes at the JX2 system bus Engineering JX3 modules at a JX3 BN ETH and a JC 3xx Engineering and configuring Ethernet axes Engineering an axis group path group and technology group Configuring a path group Configuring technology group Launching the Hardware For launching the Hardware Manager klick in JetSym the tab Hardware As Manager an alternative launch the Hardware Manager via keys Alt 5 JC350_PubSub System Sy Release iy Hardware o Neinor H JC 350 Pei CPU Ppl JX2 Systembus Ppl JX3 DI16 ppl Jx3 404 ETH Systembus Publications MF PubToBN_001 2 Subscriptions mtn SubFromBN_001 i JX3 BN ETH 001 Pil Jx3 Al4 ppl JX3 DIO16 o ETH Systembus 2 Publications MRF PubFromBN_001 Subscriptions SubToBN_001 K E Motion Control Related topics Ethernet system bus see page 184 208 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Configuring the hardware Introduction JetSym Hardware Manager lets you register your hardware in a tree structure Information on detected hardware components is stored to the file project_name hardware along with project data You can change the hardware any time For this update the tree structure in
236. ncrements the content of a variable by one every 2 seconds Var Count Int End Var Task Increment Autorun Loop Inc Count Delay T 2s End Loop End _ Task Setup pane The JetSym setup window displays the content of the variable Present content of the The content of the variable is incremented by variable one every 2 seconds 106 Jetter AG JC 940MC Initial commissioning Configuration of a JX3 station at a JX3 BN ETH Introduction JetSym is used to configure and program the bus node JX3 BN ETH This topic covers the following Configuring the controller Configuring the bus node Prerequisites The following requirements must be satisfied JetSym is installed on the PC used JetSym has been licensed see online help in JetSym Bus node and controller have got different IP addresses Limitations to be taken into account when engineering a JX3 station Overview To successfully commission the bus node JX3 BN ETH proceed as follows Commissioning steps Step 1 2 Action Make sure that the controller is disabled Add the required JX3 modules with a JX3 BN ETH to form the JX3 station When engineering a JX3 station consider the limitations applying to its setup Please refer to jx3 bn eth_ba_xxxy_manual Use Ethernet cables to connect the controller JX 9xx the PC and the bus node JX3 BN ETH to be a Jetter Ethernet system bus Set an IP address on the JC 9xx control
237. nd remove the controller JC 940MC Contents Topic Page Installing the controller JC 940MC 00 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaeeeseeaaees 72 Removing the controller JC 940MC 000 eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 73 Jetter AG 71 4 Mounting and installation Installing the controller JC 940MC Installing To install the controller JC 940MC proceed as follows Mount the controller JC 940MC in vertical direction onto the panel of the control cabinet as is shown in the illustration below Make sure that the clearance above and below the controller is 100 mm respectively On the side of the heat sink a clearance of at least 50 mm must be kept pa Mark on the panel two positions for the fastening screw threads of controller JC 940MC The dimensions can be taken from the illustration below Drill the holes and cut the respective threads into the panel Screw the corresponding fitting bolts into the thread by half of their length By means of the oblong holes in the rear plate hang up the controller JC 940MC by the fitting bolts Then screw them down tightly n i I 5 b ln h Related topics Removing the controller JC 940MC see page 73 72 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and ins
238. ned to permanent addresses VL When the operating system is launched special registers are initialized using default values Register numbers 100000 999999 Network registers 1nnnxxxxxx nnn GNN By JetSym By the e mail client By browser via HTTP server From HMls From the application program From other controllers Access by registers to remote participants see page 190 Indirect addressing of remote modules see page 198 Indirect addressing with variable destination window see page 203 165 9 Programming Inputs and outputs Introduction Inputs and outputs are 1 bit variables This means they can either have the value TRUE or FALSE Properties of virtual Global variables assigned to permanent addresses IX QX inputs outputs Used for RemoteScan via Modbus TCP Quantity 16 000 O numbers 20001 36000 Properties of digital Global variables assigned to permanent addresses IX QX Inputs outputs Located on modules connected to the JX2 system bus O numbers on the JX2 system bus 201100201 201203216 O numbers of remote participants connected to a JX3 BN ETH 1nnn010201 1nnn011716 nnn GNN Memory access By JetSym By the e mail client By browser via HTTP server From HMls From the application program JetSym STX program In the following program moving lights are triggered on a digital output module connected to the first JX2 sy
239. nfiguring the hardware and installing of a JX3 station Configuring the software in JetSym Creating and executing a program to read out a module register of a peripheral module connected to the JX3 BN ETH Addressing the bus node JX3 BN ETH Describing the Jetter Ethernet system bus by the following means e Hardware Manager e Publisher Subscriber mechanisms For initial commissioning the JC 940MC controller the following prerequisites must be fulfilled The controller is connected to a PC directly via Ethernet or via switch or a hub The programming tool JetSym 4 2 or higher is installed on the PC Mode selector S11 is in STOP position The controller is connected with the JX3 BN ETH bus node Topic Page Preparations for initial commissioning of the controller ceeeeeeeee 104 Initial commissioning of a JC 940MC eee cece ee eeenteeeeeetaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 105 Configuration of a JX3 station at a JX3 BN ETH ceeeeeeeereeeeeeeteees 107 Configuration in JOtS yi sisri iaaa N RAES 109 103 5 Initial commissioning Preparations for initial commissioning of the controller Ethernet connection with The controller JC 940MC in delivered condition has got IP address the controller 192 168 1 1 Configure the Ethernet interface of your PC so that it is able to communicate with the controller via this IP address Behavior after power up If the mode selector is in position STOP when the controller
240. nnection ConnectionDelete ConnHandle Handle is no longer valid ConnHandle 0 Trace Connection closed n End If End If Wait shortly for another connection to be tried Delay T 3s End While Else Trace ConnectionInitialize failed server stopped n na If End Task Related topics Client see page 367 366 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Client Task Solution Sample configuration Software versions JetSym STX program A client is to send a data block with a given number of characters and to return the data received from the server Programming a client for the user programmable IP interface The client communicates via TCP IP This example is based on the configuration described under Sample configuration see page 361 The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 350 OS version 1 18 For other sample programs refer to JetSym online help Const TCP ADDR IP 192 168 10 210 TCP PORT 52100 MSG _LEN 4000 End Const Var Handle as a return value of the function Establishing a connection ConnHandle z ints Transmit buffer SendBuf Array MSG_LEN Of Char Receive buffer RecvBuf Array MSG_LEN Of Char ResConnInit Int ResConnCreate 3 Inc ResConnReceive Int ResConnSend Int ConnTimeOut 1 Ine
241. nt 74 Order reference JC 940MC 21 Intended conditions of use 12 Operating parameters Enclosure 432 Shielded data and I O lines 434 DC power supply inputs and outputs 433 Environment and mechanics 431 Operating system update 393 C Changing the IP address 87 Changing the IP address via JetIPScan 88 Comparing actual system properties with nominal system properties 239 Components of the JC 940MC 19 D File system 117 User administration 121 Properties 118 Formatting and checking 136 Sorting data 330 Determining the IP address via JetIPScan 78 Diagnostics at the Jetter Ethernet system bus 235 E Real time clock 267 EDS EDS file 29 EDS registers 32 Inserting real time controller values 146 E mail feature 306 Configuration 307 Creating e mails 315 Register overview 326 Sending e mails 324 EMC Instructions on EMI 14 Disposal 12 Initial commissioning 103 Ethernet system bus 184 Configuring the hardware Publish Subscribe 207 Data exchange 185 Locating faults 235 F User programmable IP interface 342 IP Prim Sample programs 361 Programming the IP interface 344 Register overview 357 FTP server 139 H HTTP server 143 Setting the IP address during runtime 95 J Jacks Jack Ethernet port 1 41 Jack Ethernet port 2 43 Jack Ethernet port 3 45 Jack USB 1 to USB 4 47 Jack JX6 IO16CB 58 Jack
242. ocal JX6 I O submodules can be plugged The module board takes on converting the PC internal PCI bus to the local JX6 I O submodule The following JX6 I O submodules can be plugged on the PCI module board of the controller JC 940MC JX6 SV1 Combined module counter analog output relay output JX6 I016CB Digital inputs outputs 24 V JX6 SB JX6 SB I see chapter JX2 system bus interface communicating via PCI bus Onto the PCI module board one or two JX6 I O submodules can be plugged The modules specified in the list can be combined at will Topic Page Pinout of the JXO SVT secicccissccsetvisedecueviedsedstodadseascedvecuvaalectebiadeadstotadeamoadendiys 56 Pinout of the JX6 IO16CB 0000 cece ceecee cece cece ae ee ee ceeceeseaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaneneees 58 55 4 Mounting and installation Pinout of the JX6 SV1 Description of the JX6 SV1 Sub D connector Pinout 56 The Sub D connector of the I O module JX6 SV1 is the interface to various I O functions The following interfaces are available on the Sub D connector 1 galvanically separated relay contact NOC 1 analog voltage output 10 V 10 V 1 incremental encoder input 5 V differential or 1 incremental encoder input 24 V or 1 absolute encoder input SSI k OOO00000 0000000
243. ocess the controller reads the IP address of the DNS server out of the confi eee memory During the boot process the controller reads the file etc hosts The controller creates a translation table with the names and IP addresses found in this file After the boot process the controller detects a name instead of an IP address Based on this translation table the controller tries to resolve the name into a related IP address teens controller has resolved the proceed with step 6 a controller has not resolved proceed with step 5 ene name The controller tries to resolve the nam sending a request to the DNS server e into a related IP address by the controller has resolved the it enters the name and IP address into the translation table gt proceed with step 6 the controller aborts the function e eg the system function for sending an e mail and issues an error message The controller uses the IP address resolved for further communication Configuration file hosts This file holds the static Tistehdis hesui nen Reade between name and IP address The controller reads this file once during boot up File format Text Location letce File name hosts Jetter AG 97 4 Mounting and installation Example Example hosts file for JC 9xx 192 168 33 209 jetter mail 192 168 33 208 jetter demo 192 168 1 1 JC940MC 192 168 1 2 JC940MC Domain Name System If a name cannot be found in the file
244. oder Count value This register lets you access the present count value of the incremental encoder Module register properties Values 24 bits Read Present count value Write The value of MR 104 is taken over into this register MR 106 Reference offset This register can be used both as reference or offset register dependent on the settings in the control register Module register properties Values 24 bits 298 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming MR 107 Control register This register lets you set the operating modes and input filters Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 9 8 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Strobe 0 Strobe not allowed 1 Strobe allowed Reference strobe 0 Reference strobe not allowed 1 Reference strobe allowed with CHA CHB CHD Comparison with reference value 0 Comparison is not being executed 1 The count value is compared with the reference value In case of equal values bit 2 is set in MR 008 Counter zeroing 0 No counter zeroing 1 Once only counter zeroing using CHC CHD Repeated counter zeroing 0 No counter zeroing 1 Counter zeroing at each CHC CHD Counting inputs 0 Counter inputs are active 1 Deactivating the counting inputs Set by reference 0 Set by reference deactivated 1 The counter is loaded with the reference value with CHC CHD Pulse edge selection 00 Pulse direction mode 01 S
245. of the USB flash drive Contents Topic Page Pr p rt ES oiei singna alanaan aaisan aa a a aaa din aa ERa 118 User administration ocsam na iaa a aaa aiana a aaraa aada 121 Reviewing the flash disk capacity used seeeesseeeeeeeerreeeerrereerrsseerreseeen 130 Operating system update and application program ccceeseeees 135 Formatting and CHECKING sesiono aa aa TaN 136 Jetter AG 117 6 File system 6 1 Properties Introduction This chapter covers the properties of the file system The description distinguishes between the internal flash disk and the USB flash drive General properties The following properties apply to the internal flash disk and USB flash drive 8 files max to be opened simultaneously Separate directory names by a slash not by a backslash When the controller creates a file the file contains date and time assigned by the controller Date time and file size are not available for all system files Contents Topic Page Flash disk Properties ccccccceeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeeseceneaeeeeeeeeeseseneeeeeeeeetees 119 USB flash drive Properties 0 cccccccecseccececeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeteseenaeeeeeeeeteees 120 118 Jetter AG JC 940MC File system Flash disk Properties Size The following disk space is available to the user Flash disk capacity 8 MBytes Properties The internal flash disk drive has got the following properties Up to 7
246. of the module board J 1 The JX6 SV1 module is inserted in slot 2 of the module board J 2 In the task Main the modules JX6 SV1 and JX6 I016CB are initialized and the cyclic task is started Depending on a digital input the interval is set at which each output of the moving lights is active During the While loop the eight outputs for the moving lights are activated and deactivated successively The cyclic task Encode stops the sampling timer In the end it reads the position value output by the encoder last Then the timer is started with an interval of 0 8 ms After this the JX6 SV1 transmits another position value from the SSI encoder so that at the next startup of the cyclic task the result is ready for being fetched Finally the position value referring to the set format is masked The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 For other sample programs refer to JetSym online help Type DIG _ 1808 Struct Inputs 3 Int Outputs z LME OutStatus 1 Int Control Int FilterI1to4 3 Int FilterI5to8 Int End Struct 302 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming JX6_ SV1 SELUCE ModuleIdentification Int Config z Int DAC z Int CntValue gt Int CntBitClock Int CntDummy s Int CntRef lt Int CntControl Int CntStatus TAE IntMask ne Timer Int
247. og on password for POP3 authentication If this entry exists the entry USER is required too String of 63 characters max POP3 log in will not be carried out 312 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Section DEFAULT Introduction In this section specify the name of an e mail template file which contains default settings for e mails If the respective section is not available in the respective e mail template the JC 940MC applies these default settings for sending an e mail message Example DEFAULT MAILCFG EmailDefaults cfg Related topics Structure of template file see page 317 Jetter AG 313 9 Programming Configuration file Examples Introduction Minimum configuration Authentication through This section contains several examples of the e mail configuration file EMAIL email ini If no authentication is required and the default value is assigned to the IP port of the SMTP server the configuration file must contain only the IP address of the SMTP server SMTP IP 192 168 40 1 In case the e mail server requires previous log on through POP3 and an POP3 Log on e mail template containing default setting has been defined SMTP IP 192 168 40 1 POP3 IP 192 168 40 1 USER JetControl4711 PASSWORD Pop3PassWord DEFAULT MAILCFG EmailDefaults cfg Authentification through In case the e mail server requires an encrypted authentication SMTP SMTP IP 192 168 40 1 U
248. ogAppend In the given example Description Allowed values Illegal values In case of illegal value or missing entry LogFile USB1 autocopy log The section consists of the following elements 14 Number of command sections that follow gt 0 lt 0 0 USB1 autocopy log Complete name of the log file All allowed file names Directory exists Incorrect filename Non existent directory The device does not create a log file 1 Defines whether a new log file is to be created or it is to be appended to an existing one 0 Delete file which may exist and create a new one 1 Append file to an existing one If no file exists the device creates a new log file lt 0 gt 1 The device re creates a log file Jetter AG 379 10 Automatic copying of controller data Command sections Introduction In these sections you can specify commands which are then executed by the AutoCopy function Example COMMAND 1 Command DirCreate Path Homepage ErrorAsWarning 1 COMMAND 2 Command FileCopy Source USB1 Index htm Destination Homepage index htm COMMAND 3 Command FtpConnect ServerAddr 192 168 123 45 UserName admin Password admin Section names The names of the sections consist of the COMMAND _ string followed by a value The value is between one and the value of the CommandCount entry from section OPTIONS Processing commands The AutoCopy function p
249. ollows Register number specified in the command plus the content of R 272702 Register Offset Jetter AG 335 9 Programming Supported commands Class 1 fc 1 fc 2 fc 4 fc 5 fc 6 336 read coils Reading outputs The output number within the JC 940MC is calculated as follows Output number specified in the command plus the content of register 272705 Output Offset read input discretes Reading inputs The input number within JC 940MC is calculated as follows Input number specified in the command plus the content of register 272704 Input Offset read input registers Reading inputs blockwise in 16 bit words The starting register number within JC 940MC is calculated as follows Register number specified in the command plus the content of R 272702 Register Offset write coil Enabling disabling an individual output The output number within the JC 940MC is calculated as follows Output number specified in the command plus the content of register 272705 Output Offset write single register Entering values into the 16 least significant bits of a register The starting register number within JC 940MC is calculated as follows Register number specified in the command plus the content of R 272702 Register Offset Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Supported commands Class 2 fe 15 force multiple coils Enabling disabling several outputs The output number within the JC 940MC is calculated as follows Output
250. on the connection could not be step 1 is carried out established and the timeout of 10 seconds has not elapsed yet an error has occurred or the the function is terminated and a timeout has elapsed negative value is returned Using this function with If a server is to establish a TCP IP connection to a Taserenoio sabika TOPP connectontea dioi yocani ke you can invoke the a TCP IP server function and assign the return value of a variable for further evaluation as follows Result ConnectionCreate CONNTYPE SERVER IPTYPE TCP 0 46000 T 100s Jetter AG 347 9 Programming Functioning principle The task stops at the program line until the connection is established or the with a TCP IP server specified timeout has elapsed This function is processed in the following steps Description o Koa device JC 940MC sets up TCP IP port 46000 for receiving connection a a network client has established no EE E connection requests to a connection this port are accepted the function is terminated and a positive value is returned as handle for further access to the connection the connection could not be the system waits for a connection to established and the timeout be established of 100 seconds has not elapsed yet an error has occurred or the the function is terminated and a timeout has elapsed negative value is returned Using this function with If a client is to establish a UDP IP connection to a se
251. on Loss of data By pressing this pushbutton all changes made to non volatile registers and flags get lost All changes made after the latest turning on will be lost 68 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Mode selector S11 Mode selector S11 RESET STOP LOAD Jetter AG 69 4 Mounting and installation Functions of the mode selector The controller JC 940MC checks the position of selector S11 in the following Power supply of the controller is at connector X10 The boot loader of the controller checks the position of selector S11 mode selector S11 RUN or the OS is launched STOP gt proceed with step 3 mode selector S11 LOAD the controller starts the AutoCopy function way F The controller checks the position of selector S11 mode selector S11 RUN the application program is launched mode selector S11 STOP the application program does not start the position of mode selector this has no effect on the 11 is changed once the controller functioning of the controller has been turned on 70 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation 4 6 Installing and removing the controller JC 940MC Introduction This chapter describes how to install a
252. on The monitoring function for interface activities is used amongst others for the following scenarios Plants requiring process visualization to ensure safe operation They can be transferred into a save condition if communication fails When the service technician connects an HMI the application program automatically displays additional status information Contents Topic Page Operating principle oesi rainira aisanana eeseeeaeaeeeeeeesetennineeeeeeeteees 283 Programming issnccccisesecdeisateceesiencccedlanteciiaaneedeisahensenianeaderlabietdaageaenea nies 285 282 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating principle Introduction Overview Description Programming The application program monitors the activity of a client communicating with a server of the device JC 940MC by means of two special flags and one special register per interface The illustration below shows the interdependence between interface activity and the two special flags as well as the special register Telegrams 7 i a imeou OS Flag 2 ee e 3 User Flag s Application program WHEN OS_FLAG Continue 4 User_FLAG TRUE O Bement eseripin The client places requests to the server OS flag OS flag set by the device JC 940MC after receiving a request User flag You must set the user flag in the application program once the device has set the OS flag This indicates that the connection has temporarily been disrupted even if the device resets th
253. on in the following steps Sep Deseription O The controller opens for example the file USB1 autocopy ini which is specified within the entry AutoCopylni that belong to the configuration file System config ini The controller reads the values from section OPTIONS The controller reads the command and its parameters from the section COMMAND_1 processes it and writes the results if any into the log file The controller processes the other commands in ascending order up to the number given in section OPTIONS n 1 The controller calculates the statistic values for all command results and writes them into the log file During the boot process of the controller the OS status LEDs indicate the following Stee scription Og au es a function is completed no errors occurred Jetter AG 375 10 Automatic copying of controller data Men AutoCopy function is completed errors occurred 376 Jetter AG JC 940MC Automatic copying of controller data Terminating AutoCopy mode Introduction Only a restart of the controller terminates the AutoCopy mode Prerequisites Processing the AutoCopy command is completed Terminating AutoCopy To terminate the AutoCopy mode proceed as follows mode 4 Switch the controller off 2 Set the mode selector to RUN or STOP position 3 Switch the controller on Result The controller is rebooting Jetter AG 377 10 Automatic copying of controller da
254. on program file Example Startup Project USB1 TestProgram Program Testl es9 Result The application program is loaded from the file Test1 es9 located in the folder TestProgram on the USB flash drive USB1 TestProgram Test1 esx9 411 12 Application program Related topics Application program default path see page 410 412 Jetter AG JC 940MC Application program Loading an application program Introduction At reboot of the application program via JetSym or booting the JC 940MC the application program is loaded and executed via the file system For this mode selector S11 must be in RUN position The loading process The application program is loaded by the controller s OS as follows Step scription O E The OS reads the file app start ini from the internal flash disk The OS evaluates the Project entry It contains the path leading to the application program file 3 The OS evaluates the Program entry It contains the program name The OS loads the application program from the file lt Project gt lt Program gt Jetter AG 413 JC 940MC Motion Control 13 Motion Control Programming Please refer to the JetSym help for a description on functions and programming of the Motion Control The Motion Control is programmed in the Motion API interface in the programming language STX Jetter AG 415 JC 940MC Quick reference JC 9xx 14 Quick reference JC 9xx Correspondin
255. onsist of the following elements aleje ajea Element Description Value range S Module board number Tasa J Number of the JX6 I O board JX2 system bus 1 2 located on the module board XX Module specific I O number 02 32 zz Module specific I O number 1 16 Jetter AG 175 9 Programming Example 176 Several JX2 and JX3 I O modules are connected to a JC 940MC controller Oo Oo 1 i Je K Jo aE D oG eee 3 FOR i ia aos arn eames Refer to documentation on JC 940MC a R A 3 pew OO z aono aooo Oa Desn s zaoz 2017000 O s omen totam o 6 ewo a arzoo 2120az Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Register and I O numbers of IP67 I O modules on the JX2 system bus I O module numbers of IP67 I O0 modules Register numbers for IP67 1 O modules I O numbers for IP67 I O0 modules This way you can determine the I O module numbers of IP67 I O modules at the JX2 system bus of the JC 940MC The I O module numbers you set by means of the addressing switch located on the module itself LioN S and LUX7 CSL modules are counted among IP67 I O modules Register numbers for IP67 I O modules connected to the JX2 system bus of a JC 3xx consist of the following e
256. ose SrcFile Result 2 End If Else can t open source file Result 1 End If Jetter AG 399 11 Operating system update If Result lt 0 Then FileCopy Result Else FileCopy FileSize End If End Function J RRR KR KKK HK IK A KK A A A I A I I kkk 1 Enable Tracing in JetSym 2 Put source file name into SourceName 3 Set flag UpdatelIt J BR RK RK KK KK I I IK I A I AA I AA I A I A I A I A ok Task OSupdate Autorun Var ResCopy Int End Var DestinationName System OS OperatingSystem os Loop UpdateIt False When UpdateIt Continue ResCopy FileCopy SourceName DestinationName Trace Result IntToStr ResCopy Sn End_ Loop End Task 400 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating system update 11 2 OS update of a module Introduction This chapter describes how an OS update of a module connected to the system bus of the controller JC 940MC is carried out There are several options to transfer the OS file to the module From within the programming tool JetSym Via FTP connection From a USB flash drive From the application program Contents Topic Page OS update by means of JetSyM ou eeceeee eens erence ee teneeeeeeteeeeetneeeeee 402 Operating system update via FTP eeccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeee 403 Automatic OS update from USB flash drive ccccceeceeceeeeeeeeeteenees 40
257. ot the device Step _ 2 Le 4 Transferthe OS fle a e 396 Jetter AG JC 940MC Operating system update Automatic OS update from USB flash drive Reference An automatic OS update of the controller from the USB flash drive can be carried out using the AutoCopy function For a detailed description turn to the chapter AutoCopy see page 371 Jetter AG 397 11 Operating system update Operating system update from within the application program Introduction Prerequisites Updating the OS Software versions Sample program The file functions included in the STX language allow to carry out a program controlled OS update of a JC 940MC from within an OS file An OS file must be available in the file system of the JC 940MC The operating system of the JC 940MC and the application program are running The controller must not be de energized during the OS update process To start an OS update out of the application program proceed as follows Open the OS file in read only mode Open a file with any name and the extension os in the directory System OS in write mode Read the data out of the OS file Write these data to the target file Close both files To activate the transferred OS for example by writing to the system command register re boot the device The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Control
258. our RTCregs Minute RTCregs Second End_ Loop End Task Jetter AG 277 9 Programming 9 6 Runtime registers Introduction The JC 940MC provides several registers which are incremented by the operating system at regular intervals Application These registers can be used to easily carry out time measurements in the application program Contents Topic Page Description of the runtime registers 00 2 2 ee eeceeeee cnet eeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 279 Sample program Runtime registers 0cecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeee 281 278 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Description of the runtime registers Register overview The device is equipped with the following runtime registers R 201000 Application time base in milliseconds R 201001 Application time base in seconds R 201000 Application time base in milliseconds Every millisecond this register is incremented by one Register properties Values 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 overflowing R 201001 Application time base in seconds Every second this register is incremented by one Register properties Values 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 overflowing R 201002 Application time base in application time base units Every R 201003 10 ms this register value is incremented by one Using the reset value 10 in register 201003 this register is incremented every 100 ms Register properties Values 2 147 483 648 2
259. out data exchange between application program and network client via TCP IP or UDP IP connections For this purpose function calls are used These function calls are included in the programming language of the JC 940MC To program this feature proceed as follows Initializing the user programmable IP interface Transfer data Terminate the connections Technical data Technical data of the user programmable IP interface Ea Open connections 4 000 byte Restrictions While the controller JC 940MC is processing one of the functions of the user programmable IP interface tasks having called the functions should not be stopped through TaskBreak or restarted through TaskRestart Failure to do so could result in the following errors Connections do not open Data loss during sending or receiving Connections remain open unintentionally Connections are closed unintentionally Contents Topic Page Initializing the user programmable IP interface eee eee 345 Establishing a Connection 0 0 2 ce eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 346 Sending Cate 2 essecedieeecteesieeeeegbetvededesthelies AEA E hehe 350 RRECCIVING Cael seos 352 Terminating a COMMECTION seose Aaaa 355 Jetter AG 344 JC 940MC Programming Initializing the user programmable IP interface Introduction Function declaration Return value How to use this function Operating principle Related topics This f
260. ported regint and regFloat The variable subscribed to is 32 bits wide the interpretation can be set You can hide desired bits by a mask Generate If the Generate check box has been marked Hardware Manager creates a variable by the displayed name in the file PubSubVariables stxp Value On Error If you mark the check box you can have the variable subscribed to set to a defined value under fault condition Value On Error Mask Under fault condition the mask hides the bits of the respective value Set Value On Error If the Set Value On Error check box has been marked the subscribed variable takes the preset Value On Error 226 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Generated publish subscribe variables Introduction Variable storage Updating within JetSym Example of an include file If you mark the Generate check box for the variables of publish subscribe they will be to your disposal in the JetSym program You can view the generated variables in the JetSym file PubSubVariables stxp The include file is automatically included in the code To access the generated publish subscribe variables you do not need an include instruction Important Note Do not change the contents of the file PubSubVariables stxp By means of the Hardware Manager JetSym manages the file PubSubVariables stxp Files EL Smee oor rrr PRADA A TT pa 1 Workspace UC340MC_PubSub EO ERE EEN a eae E OT H T S E JC940MC_PubSub f
261. possible number of error history entries R 470034 defines the maximum possible number of error history entries Module register properties Values 10 Type of access Read Value after reset 10 R 470035 Number of entries in the error history R 470035 displays the number of error messages entered into the error history by NetConsistency Module register properties Values 0 30 Type of access Read R 470040 Error numbers R 470040 shows the error numbers NoError GroupFunction GroupCStandard GroupJetterFileSystem GroupJetterLogger GroupJetterOS GroupJetterParserxml GroupJetterPcom GroupUtility GroupJetlpScan Manager Managerlnit ManagerDeinit ManagerMultiplelnit Instance Instancelnit 252 Jetter AG JC 940MC Xml Xmilnit XmiDeinit XmllnvalidGnn XmilnvalidlpAddress XmlTagNetConsistencyAttrVersion XmlTagNetNodesAttrCount XmlTagNetNodeAttrName XmlTagNetNodeAttrType XmlTagNetNodeAttrGnn XmlTagPcomAttrName XmlTagPcomAttrCommand XmlTagPcomAttrModuleld XmlTagPcomAttrTypeld XmlTaglpAddress XmlTagJetIPAttrPort XmlTagJx3S ystembusAttrCrcEdsModuleCount XmlTagFilesAttrCount XmlTagFilesAttrCrc XmlTagFileAttrCrc XmlTagFileAttrPath XmlTagFileAttrName JetModuleReadReg JetModuleWriteReg Programming Jetter AG 9 Programming R 470041 R 470042 R 470043 Utility JetIPScan JetIPScanInit JetIPScanDeinit Processing ProcessingInit ProcessingDeinit Module register properties
262. pplication program You want to declare a digital input or output a tag in JetViewSoft Topic Page Registers and module registers eccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 170 SOU MUMDEFIN Giza scvetrieseeieeeecehtee secre thie Geleeeastae ete Gehan 172 Register and I O numbers of local JX6 I O submodules e 173 Register numbers of JX2 slave modules connected to the JX2 System DUS ais stad os tertiind addeea yea del vest Gadeesdatexendlons deh dates ued Gaeta hia 174 Register and I O numbers of JX2 and JX3 I O modules on the JX2 System DUS encrenerarendnins nE 175 Register and I O numbers of IP67 I O modules on the JX2 system bus 177 Registers and I O numbers of CANopen modules on the JAZ System DUS i weuesiieee civilian E O 179 Register and I O numbers of JX3 modules connected to a JX3 BN ETH 181 JX3 module register and I O numbers from the JX3 BN ETH view 183 169 9 Programming Registers and module registers Definition Module register Definition Registers Definition Global Node Number Example Module registers Example Registers on the JX2 system bus By means of module registers process configuration and diagnostic data can be read by the module or written to the module The module register number within the module is unique This way you can access registers directly In an application program Ina JetSym setup pane Ina visual
263. pported file types The following file types are supported m htm html shtml a xt ini gif tif tiff bmp womp jpg jpe jpeg png xml js jar java class cab pdf zip doc rtf CSS m wml wmlc wmls wmlsc m ico svg Required programmer s To be able to use the functions described in this chapter the following skills skills are required The user must be familiar with the file system of the controller The user must be familiar with IP networks Contents Topic Page Server Side Include Siccome wrested cee deel n a 144 Jetter AG 143 8 HTTP server 8 1 Server Side Includes Introduction Rules Updating real time controller values Contents Topic Page Namespace lag ica i ssectesssncdecleneeded acces E 145 Inserting real time Controller values cc ceceeeceeeeneeeeeeenneeeseetaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 146 Example of an HTML page 0 cccceceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeesetennaeeeeeeeetees 151 144 Jetter AG The HTTP server features Server Side Includes SSI This function is for showing present real time controller values on an HTML page You must specify a namespace tag at the beginning of the HTML page that is to contain the real time controller values This namespace tag is for defining the namespace used in the HTML page In the body section of the HTML page the data tags are specified When
264. r ServerFile Complete name of the destination file in the FTP server ClientFile Complete name of the source file in the local file system All allowed file names The destination directory does exist Incorrect filename Non existent source file Non existent destination directory The device does not copy the file It enters the error into the log file COMMAND 5 Command FtpFileWrite ServerFil System OS op_system os ClientFile USB1 0S JC 940 1 03 0 20 0s Command FtpFileRemove Description Parameter name Parameter value Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Deleting a file from the FTP server ServerFile Complete filename All allowed file names Incorrect filename The device does not delete the file It enters the error into the log file 385 10 Automatic copying of controller data Example COMMAND 9 Command FtpFileRemove ServerFile subl Manual pdf Command FtpDirChange Description Parameter name Parameter value Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Command FtpDirCreate Description Parameter name Parameter value Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Restriction Command FtpDirRemove Description Parameter name Parameter value Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value Example Changing the wor
265. r AG 273 9 Programming R 102924 R 102925 R 102926 R 102927 Weekday This register contains the weekday stored in the buffer Register properties Values 0 6 0 Sunday Value following a 0 reset Takes effect After read write access to register 102928 Day This register contains the day stored in the buffer Register properties Values 0 31 Value after reset 0 Takes effect After read write access to register 102928 Month This register contains the month stored in the buffer Register properties Values 0 12 Value after reset 0 Takes effect After read write access to register 102928 Year This register contains the year stored in the buffer Register properties Values 0 99 Value after reset 0 Takes effect After read write access to register 102928 274 Jetter AG JC 940MC R 102928 Programming Read write trigger This register allows transferring values between buffer register and real time clock Register properties Read The actual date and time are transferred from real time clock to buffer registers 102920 through 102927 The reading is undefined Write The values contained in buffer registers 102920 102927 are transferred to the real time clock The value written is ignored Jetter AG 275 9 Programming Sample program for real time clock Task Solution Software versions JetSym STX program Read the actual time and date of the
266. r debugging or diagnostic purposes However they can t be used for other functions such as establishing or terminating a connection Topic Page Register NUMDETS cceccceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 357 Register description cc ceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeesnaeeeeeeaas 358 Jetter AG JC 940MC Register numbers Introduction Register numbers Determining the register number Register overview Programming Data of one connection each are displayed within the registers of a coherent register block The basic register number of this block is dependent on the controller Basic register number Register numbers JC 24x 10290 10290 10297 JM D203 JC24x 10290 10290 10297 JC 340 JC 350 JC 360 350000 350000 350007 JC 360MC JC 940MC 350000 350000 350007 JVM 407 JVM 407B 350000 350000 350007 JVM 104 350000 350000 350007 In this chapter only the last figure of a register number is specified To calculate the actually used module register number add the basic register number of the corresponding device SMR Seecingacomecion et Typeotcomecton OO O me rense ws eas wes eo O O owes sae ws numberotsemtoyes O OOOO O O Jetter AG 357 9 Programming Register description Introduction The operating system manages the established connections in a list Module register MR 0 Selection of a connection is used to
267. rameter 5 The value is only valid if R 470043 5 Module register properties Values 0 2 Type of access Read Jetter AG 255 9 Programming R 470049 Number of characters of the error message R 470049 shows the number of characters of the error message The error message has been stored to registers 470050 470157 Module register properties Values 0 300 Type of access Read R 470050 R 470157 Text of the error message These registers contain the text of the error message Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset Data type RegString 256 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Register description of the NetConsistency instance Register overview i R 471010 Status register R 470010 shows the status of the first NetConsistency instance Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Error 0 No error 1 Error Bit 2 Status of initialization 0 The first instance has not been initialized 1 The first instance has been initialized Bit 3 Status of execution 0 No execution 1 Execution in process Module register properties Type of access Read Value after reset 0x00000004 R 471011 Command register The value is 0 as there are no commands Jetter AG 257 9 Programming Error evaluation at NetConsistency Possibilities of error There are the following possibilities of error output output Onto a screen via VGA interface of the JC 940MC Via the log
268. re Manager local controller on the subscription SubFromBN_001 the configuration for subscribing opens S Configuration Advanced Subscriber variables Name SubFromBN_001 ID PubFromBN_001 10001001 v Publisher Name PubFromBN_001 Properties Cycle Time 2o ms Max response time 6 ms Active E SubFromBn_o01 X This dialog shows the configuration for the subscription SubToBN_001 of a controller The subscription is assigned to the publication PubFromBN_001 JetSym creates the subscription automatically which lets the bus node publish input data and the controller subscribe to them Jetter AG 219 9 Programming Configuring the bus If you click in Hardware Manager bus node on the publication node PubFromBN_001 the configuration for publishing opens Configuration Advanced Publisher Variablas Name PubFromBN_001 ID 10001 001 Properties Cycle Time 2 m Active m PubFromBN_001 X This dialog shows the configuration for the publication PubFromBN_001 of a bus node This configuration applies to input data process data of the bus node such as input data of a peripheral module which is connected to the bus node If you click in Hardware Manager bus node on the subscription SubToBN_001 the configuration for subscribing opens S Configuration Advanced Subscriber Variables ee woe a Ip PubToBN_001 10001001 J Publ
269. res of The publish subscribe mechanism functions in the following way publish subscribe The remote modules are integrated into the controller s address space as process data registers Publish subscribe by default transmits important data such as the analog value of a peripheral module cyclically This means you need not make inquiries on any values O Oo JC 9xx jn lt j il JC 9xx 0 g ao NEE ie IX3 DIO1G ra JX3 AO4 6 JX3 BN ETH 188 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Features of NetCopy All data except process data are exchanged via NetCopy JetSym internally resolves inquiries or variable and register assignments via NetCopy This operation takes more time than exchange by means of process data oO Eee al O E Gp em E gt JC 9xx 7 F Task 1 nnn 980 zzz 1234 NetCopy Am JX3 BN ETH i Ie k ED 1x 1 t Multicast in other Please note that the Jetter Ethernet system bus operates with multicasts networks multipoint connections If you couple the Jetter Ethernet system bus wit
270. ressed without ambiguity by their IP address Therefore in the case of system functions 65 66 and 80 always value 1 is sent Converters from Modbus TCP to Modbus RTU use the Unit ID for addressing the Modbus RTU servers Therefore the corresponding system functions for reading and writing registers system functions 67 and 68 as well as for initializing RemoteScan system function 85 have been provided These system functions can be used to set the Unit ID Modbus TCP only supports transmission of registers with a width of 16 bits From this follows that only the 16 least significant bits are transmitted when 32 bit registers are sent When assigning incoming register values to the internal 32 bit registers no sign extension will be carried out As of JetSym 5 0 the system functions are outdated Instead apply the corresponding JetSym STX functions This is a comparison between the system functions and the corresponding JetSym STX functions System function Corresponding JetSym STX function 60 Function ModbusCRCgen FramePtr Int Length Int Int 61 Function ModbusCRCcheck FramePtr Int Length Int Int 65 67 7 Function ModbusReadReg Const Ref MbParam MODBUS_PARAWM Int 66 68 Function ModbusWriteReg Const Ref MbParam MODBUS_PARAM Int 80 85 Function RemoteScanConfig Protocol RSCAN_PROTOCOL Elements Int Const Ref Configuration RSCAN_DSCR Int 81 Function RemoteScanStart Protocol Int Int 82
271. ription Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value DefGateWay In the given example Description Allowed values Illegal values In the event of an illegal value DNSServer In the given example Description Allowed values In the event of an illegal value Mounting and installation In section IP the required IP addresses and the subnet mask are specified 192 168 50 1 IP address of the controller gt 1 0 0 0 m lt 223 255 255 255 m Network address Broadcast address The controller resets all four values to their default values 255 255 255 0 Sets the subnet mask m gt 128 0 0 0 1 and0 mixed The controller resets all four values to their default values 192 168 50 11 IP address of the gateway to other subnets The controller must be able to reach the subnet Address SubnetMask otherwise it will set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 gt 0 0 0 0 and m lt 223 255 255 255 m Network address Broadcast address A value Address SubnetMask which cannot be reached by the controller The Address value The controller sets the value to 0 0 0 0 192 168 1 44 IP address of the server for the Domain Name System gt 0 0 0 0 and m lt 223 255 255 255 The controller sets the value to 0 0 0 0 Jetter AG 83 4 Mounting and installation Section HOSTNAME In section HOSTNAME the name of the controller is specified If desired the contro
272. rocesses the commands in order of their section names Starting with the command under section COMMAND 1 Ending with the command under the section with the value of entry CommandCount from section OPTIONS Each command section may only contain one command Thus you have to create an individual section for each command Troubleshooting When an error occurs while a command is being processed the device makes a corresponding entry in the log file For each command the user can set whether the device is to enter the error into the log file as Error oras Warning Make this setting by the optional parameter ErrorAsWarning ErrorAsWarning Entry into the log file ErrorAsWarning 0 Error ErrorAsWarning 1 Warning 380 Jetter AG JC 940MC File names Available commands in the local file system Automatic copying of controller data The function parameter for the local file may contain the path to this file e g Data TestFiles LocalTestFile txt If the file system supports this the function parameter for the file located on the FTP server can also contain the path to this file If this feature is not supported the corresponding directory must be set beforehand using the command FtpDirChange The file system of a JC 940MC supports both options The following commands are available for access to the local file system Command DirCreate Description Parameter name Parameter value Allow
273. roduction Asimple example is to illustrate configuration in JetSym Connect the peripheral module JX3 Al4 with a bus node JX2 BN ETH The minimalist program cyclically retrieves the state of the peripheral module Configuration This example is based on the following configuration 2 lt mey aoaaa agon Erre aay iO Programming system JX3 Al4 Peripheral module JC 940MC Controller Preparatory work To properly configure the JX3 station proceed as follows Start the programming tool JetSym Create a new project Jetter AG 109 5 Initial commissioning In JetSym start the Hardware Manager by clicking on the tab Hardware with the mouse or by pressing Alt 5 on your keyboard vax E Release Sy Hardware o Network B Hil JC 940MC PET CPU TPI JX2 Bus Carrier Gy ETH Systembus E Motion Control Functions Pii Hardware S Setup E Files In Hardware Manager click on the folder Hardware Right click Scan Hardware Hardware JC940MC_PubSub System E Release 4 fri CPU PP JX2 Bus Carrier B ETH Systembus E Motion Control Functions PilHardware setup E Fies 110 Jetter AG JC 940MC Initial commissioning
274. rogramming Command registers of all publications Via MR 255001 you transmit commands to all publications Commands 102 Reboot all publishers 105 Stop all publishers 110 Acknowledge error The following registers let you select a publication The index is for selecting publications e If the publication exists R 255x11 shows its ID e Ifthe publication does not exist R 255x11 shows value 1 In this case enter the ID of the publication into R 255x11 e If the publication exists the content of R 255x11 is kept e Ifthe publication does not exist R 255x11 shows value 1 ister Name O Desenpton Index of the publications 0 Selects the first publication 1 Selects the next publication 2 etc O 255x11 ID The ID of the publication is entered The following registers show the configuration of a publication which you have selected via R 255x10 and R 255x11 Register Name Desertion 255x20 Status Bit 0 Publication transmitted 0 Cyclic 1 Upon request Number of As configured variables 255x23 Group address As configured 5528 hesh O iene OOOOOOO 255125 Sequence namber emal usage Number of publications sent Jetter AG 233 9 Programming Number of retries Number of transmit errors 234 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 3 3 Error handling at the Jetter Ethernet system bus Introduction This chapter covers error handling at the Jetter Ethernet system bus
275. rs 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 71 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 72 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 73 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 74 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 75 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 76 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 77 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 78 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 79 sectors 128 used 128 blocked 0 free 0 Track 80 sectors 128 used 36 blocked 33 free 59 Track 81 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0O free 128 Track 82 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0O free 128 132 Jetter AG JC 940MC File system Track 83 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 84 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 85 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 86 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 87 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 88 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 89 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 90 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 91 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 92 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 93 sectors 128 used 0 blocked 0 free 128 Track 94 sectors 128
276. rt RecvTimer RecvTimeOut 5 Initialize the counter for the received data ReceiveCnt 0 Repeat until all expected data have been received Otherwise retry until timeout While ReceiveCnt lt AmountToReceive And Not TimerEnd RecvTimer Do ResConnReceive ConnectionReceiveData ConnHandle NotUsed NotUsed RecvBuf ReceiveCnt SizeOf RecvBuf RecvTimeOut If ResConnReceive gt 0 Then A value has been received increment the counter ReceiveCnt ReceiveCnt ResConnReceive Else Error during reception ResConnReceive 1 Increment the error counter value Inc RecvErrors Exit the loop Exit End If End While If ResConnSend gt 0 And ResConnReceive gt 0 Then No error gt Counter OK to increment Inc CommCnt Delay SendDelay Else Exit the loop Exit End If End_Loop Jetter AG 369 9 Programming If ConnHandle gt 0 Then Terminate the connection ConnectionDelete ConnHandle Handle is no longer valid ConnHandle 0 Trace Connection closed n End If End If Wait shortly for another connection to be tried Delay T 3s End While Else Trace ConnectionInitialize failed client stopped n End If End Task Related topics Server see page 363 370 Jetter AG JC 940MC Automatic copying of controller data 10 Automatic copying of controller data
277. rther the operating system writes the address of the bus node into registers 254001 to 254003 with which communication has been terminated This helps you to search for the error exactly in this bus node using NetCopy commands O Register Name peserpien 700s fonno OOOO There are several registers available which go with all publications Register nome OO ooon ID in case of Displays the ID of the publication in which an error error has occurred 255003 Amount Amount of all publications CRC 16 bit CRC Cyclic Redundancy Code of the publication configuration file Status registers of all publications From MR 255000 you can read the collective status of all publications In case of an error you first read out the ID of the publication in which an error has occurred Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Error in CRC computing of the configuration file 0 No error has occurred 1 For CRC computing the configuration file does not exist For this reason CRC computing has not taken place Bit 1 Error in connection with a publication 1 An error has occurred in a publication Presently no error messages have been sent yet Bit 7 Publication is functioning 0 If a publication fails bit 7 is reset 1 The publications are functioning Module register properties Type of access Read 232 Jetter AG JC 940MC Publisher command Selecting a publication Configuring a publication P
278. rver you can invoke the a UDP IP client function and assign the return value of a variable for further evaluation as follows Result ConnectionCreate CONNTYPE CLIENT IPTYPE UDP 0 0 0 Functioning principle UDP is a connectionless communication mode For this reason the device with a UDP IP client JC 940MC opens only one communication channel for sending data to a network client This function is processed in the following steps Description S S E device JC 940MC sets up a UDP IP communication channel for a data no error occurred e function is terminated and a positive value is returned as handle for further access to the connection an error has occurred the function is terminated and a negative value is returned 348 Jetter AG JC 940MC Using this function with a UDP IP server Functioning principle with a UDP IP server Related topics Programming If a server is to establish a UDP IP connection to a server you can invoke the function and assign the return value of a variable for further evaluation as follows Result ConnectionCreate CONNTYPE SERVER IPTYPE UDP 0 46000 0 UDP is a connectionless communication mode For this reason the device JC 940MC opens only one communication channel for receiving data from a network client This function is processed in the following steps See Deseripton f The device JC 940MC sets up a UDP IP communication channel at
279. s RecvTimeOut Int Amount of receive errors RecvErrors Int Amount of transmit errors SendErrors 5 Int Counter of correct communication transmissions CommCnt gt Int AmountToReceive Int SendDelay Int Dummy Jetter AG 367 9 Programming NotUsed amp Int End Var Task TCPclient Autorun Var RecvTimer Timer ReceiveCnt Int End Var Timeout for connection ConnTimeOut T 5s Timeout when receiving a data packet RecvTimeOut T 5s Amount of data to be received AmountToReceive MSG LEN SendDelay T 500ms Terminate all connections initialize the data ResConnInit ConnectionInitialize If ResConnInit gt 0 Then Trace Client running Sn While True Do Connection attempt ResConnCreat ConnectionCreate CONNTYPE CLIENT IPTYPE TCP TCP_ADDR TCP_PORT ConnTimeOut If ResConnCreate gt 0 Then Trace Connection established Save the return value handle ConnHandle ResConnCreate Repeat while the connection exists Loop ResConnSend ConnectionSendData ConnHandle 0 0 structures 368 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming SendBuf AmountToReceive If ResConnSend lt 0 Then Increment the error counter value Inc SendErrors End If Timeout for completely transmitting the data packet to be set up TimerSta
280. s 10 years For this reason you have to remove the battery before this time has expired Real time clock BIOS Real time clock battery backed After battery removal The real time clock has to be reset Battery type The battery type is a B_CR2477N lithium button cell You can order the battery from Jetter AG under the item number 60876304 The battery is placed in a socket Battery position The illustration below shows the battery position in the JC 940MC controller Te EppI EEE s i as pauses SAL battery Battery state The battery state cannot be checked via software Jetter AG 75 4 Mounting and installation 4 8 IP configuration Introduction Required skills of the network configurator Jetter Ethernet system bus Contents 76 This chapter describes the IP configuration for the controller JC 940MC The following parameters can be set IP address of the controller Subnet mask IP address of default gateway Static route of the IP address Static route of the subnet mask Static route of the gateway P address of DNS server Controller name IP port number for the JetSym debugger Basic IP port number for communication via JetIP To carry out IP configuration of the controller JC 940MC knowledge of IP networks is required such as P addressing IP address port number subnet masks etc FTP connection setup data transmission etc The Jetter Ethernet system
281. s via address offset When programming you have to decide whether to transmit data by publish subscribe or by NetCopy Publish subscribe is helpful in those cases Variables that have to be transmitted quickly Small amounts of data Short response times for the remote system NetCopy is helpful in those cases Any other types of data transmission Items that are not transmitted by publish subscribe are internally resolved as NetCopy by JetSym 186 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Comparison The Jetter Ethernet system bus lets you exchange data in the following way Data exchange by the Description following means Publish subscribe Type of data Process data Publish subscribe Cyclic data exchange Automatic data exchange Very fast Limited number of data NetCopy Type of data a Variables Features of NetCopy Explicit data exchange Data exchange by JetSym program Not as fast as the process data NetBitSetReg Type of data NetBitClearReg n Properties Explicit data exchange Data exchange by JetSym program Not as fast as the process data Indirect addressing Type of data a Variables Features of indirect addressing Register numbers starting from 1 billion A range of 200 registers is visible in the controller Access is also possible via variable destination window Internet resolution of the addresses by means of NetCopy Jetter AG 187 9 Programming Featu
282. scribe Functioning principle ccccecccceececeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeesesecaceeeeeeeesessnsieaeeeeeees 214 Publication parameter Options cccccceceeceeceeeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeececeaeaeeeeeeesesceaeeeeeeeseesnnisaeeeeees 221 Subscription parameter Options cccccceeeeeeceececeeeeeeeceeeaeceeeeeeeseccaeceeeeeeeseceeaeeeeeeeeeeensnaeees 224 Generated publish subscribe variables cccccceeeeeeeneeceeeeeeeseceeeaeceeeeeeeseceneaeeeeeeeeeeensnaeess 227 Publish subscribe Registers ceccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeseneeeeeteeeaeeeseeeaeeeeeeanees 229 Error handling at the Jetter Ethernet system DUS ccccsseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeseeeeeensseeeenees 235 Error message during CRC COMPUtING ce ecceeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeseeeeeeeteeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenanees 236 Error message on part of a subscription ccceeceeeccee cece erect caeeeeeeeeesescaaeaeeeeeeesetecsieaeeeeeess 237 Controller evaluates errors reported by a remote network node eceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeetteeeeeeaaes 238 NetConsistency TUM COM ccccccciscccccssccteeved decceenscceeenadcecdensccdeeessdcdeneeuscucteeenddaeeensauctesentacedewsadeneeesee 239 NetConsistency UNCION ii ece05 dod apeieeccirstedecinn E EE AT 241 Assigning the network parameters dependent on the GNN 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeerees 243 Activating and deactivating JetIPScan in JetControl 0
283. sengan O mts Oa J e o o o Oa w o o o Oa en o o o a oba Reonepoenialofieoupus O m a Electrical isolation Yes Number of outputs Peak current per output Jetter AG 59 4 Mounting and installation 4 4 Indicators and LEDs LEDs of the controller JC 940MC Contents 60 The controller JC 940MC features the following LEDs Three LEDs for indicating conditions and errors of the controller Two LEDs for indicating the conditions of the Ethernet ports Topic Page LEDS of the controler icteccceteasiesicataas codavaadadiannadsedasabadddannedtucasaancdiaanasdddasebaceds 61 LEDs of the controller during boot prOCeSS eesceeeeseeeeeeesteeeeeesteeeesenes 63 Status LEDs Ethernet interface 0 0 0 eccceeeeteeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 64 LEDs of the submodule JX6 SB l eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeneeeeeeaas 65 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation LEDs of the controller LEDs of the controller State LEDs Normal operating condition The controller JC 940MC indicates conditions and errors via its LEDs The LEDs are split into 2 groups State messages of the operating system State of the Ethernet port The state LEDs of the OS are located in the diagnostic and state area at the lower area of the front panel ERR D1 RUN 0
284. serrrsserrrssrrrs 169 Jetter Ethernet system DUS ccccccceeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseneneeeseneneees 184 Startup delay TreGistels ccsdctiiecdiins dedi deednbetacti eatin dntednediiend 265 Real time clock RIC cicccisetectecegeccetseeetecletiencievhetet eceadiveciaieivacieaviees 267 Runtime registos as iced a icezs E E E 278 Monitoring the interface activity aaaeesseeessneeesrnesesnnesesnnaarennaennnnaarennennanas 282 Programming the local JX6 I O submodules ceceeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeetttteeeeees 287 E Mail sii eae Ae ie a aa aa 306 Sorring Catal aissas a aA N coevvaanedeesaaceuevaancedvaancdens 330 Modbus T GP zime mir anaie a a a a aaa e 331 User programmable IP interface aaaessseesesseessrresernnenssnnassennanssnnaarennantenas 342 Jetter AG 153 9 Programming Abbreviations module register properties and formats Abbreviations Module register properties Numerical formats JetSym sample programs The abbreviations used in this document are listed in the table below R 100 Register 100 MR 150 Module register 150 Each module register is characterized by certain properties Most properties are identical for many module registers the value after reset is always zero for example In the following description module register properties are mentioned only if a property deviates from the following default properties The numerical formats used in this document are listed in the ta
285. sible Autorun properties By clearing the check box publication is disabled 221 9 Programming Advanced configuration parameter options The respective advanced configuration menu lets you make the following settings E Configuration j eee Advanced Properties Variables Mode Cyclic Multicast Group 0 Offset 0 us Repetitions oO The mode can be set as follows presently there is no alternative Cyclic transmission of publications Multicast group You can sort multicasts in groups of 0 254 Offset Publication is offset that is it is delayed by a defined time interval Value range of the offset 0 29 1 us Repetitions You can set the repeat count of the publication Value range of the repetitions 0 2 1 This only makes sense though if you have set a longer cycle time 222 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Variable parameter The Variables menu of the publication lets you make the following settings options E Configuration Advanced Generate eg regiNT v 1001030003 Oo fs P PubToBN_001 X E a 1 64 Hardware Manager lets you create a maximum of 64 process variables to be publish subscribe variables Hardware Manager automatically generates the variables of peripheral modules and the device specific variables Local name The local name of a variable consists of the following components Prefix Pub BN for Bus
286. sion 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 Bus node JX3 BN ETH of OS version 1 18 For more up to date sample programs please refer to the JetSym online help Var Controller with GNN 000 Bus node with GNN 001 IP AdrContr Int At VL 235000 IP_BusNode Int At SVL 235001 PortNr Contr Int At SVL 235400 PortNr_ BusNode Int At SVL 235401 IndexReg Int At SVL 236000 ContentReg Int At SVL 1001980000 Target Window _500 Int At VL 1001990500 Target Window _501 Int At VL 1001990501 Target Window 601 Int At VL 1001990601 Module code Int End Var Task EDS JX3 Modules Autorun Initialization IP _AdrContr IP 192 168 10 15 IP BusNode EPFL 92 168 10 167 PortNr Contr 50000 PortNr BusNode 50000 Setting a basic address of the destination window on the JX3 BN ETH f R 272702 2 IndexReg 272 Tog ContentReg 100000 Selecting an EDS of a JX3 module connected to a JX3 BN ETH Target Window_500 1 Target Window 501 37 Reading the module code Module cod Target Window 601 Loop Lf End Loop End Task Jetter AG 205 9 Programming File ModConfig da 206 When you download the configuration files the Hardware Manager transfers the file ModConfig da to the controller The OS of the controller loads this file when the controller is energized or when the corresponding command is automatically issued by the Hardwar
287. sis STOP RUN Loan x10 o JC 940MC Controller JC 350 Controller Due to the platform independent implementation of the user programmable IP interface these sample programs can be used for other configurations without modification Use case The use case is a Jetter AG controller or HMI communicating with a device from a third party manufacturer The user programmable IP interface lets you make protocol adjustments in the application program of the Jetter AG device Jetter AG 361 9 Programming Contents Topic Page SENE ar estas see roe tated ote cnet cat a a utes steal ai 363 Chente iii i E REE AAAA R sottcanstend tes ETA E E 367 362 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Server Task Solution Sample configuration Software versions JetSym STX program A server is to receive a data block with a given number of characters and to return the received data to the client Programming a server for the user programmable IP interface The server communicates via TCP IP This example is based on the configuration described under Sample configuration see page 361 The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 For other sample programs refer to JetSym online help Const TCP PORT 52100 MSG_LEN 4000 End Const V
288. sites sed sates teed dcageh ddltes bidder phhaatersbelteaseh Gleeson 315 Sending AN e Mail sians eisiaa a A 324 Regio ecarri A AE Hedi 325 306 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming 9 9 1 Configuring the E mail feature Introduction Prerequisites Contents Jetter AG This chapter gives a description on how to configure the e mail feature so as to allow sending e mails from within the application program During the boot process the JC 940MC reads out configuration data from the file EMAIL email ini For creating the configuration file the following prerequisites must be fulfilled The IP address of the e mail server is known If the IP address of the e mail server is not known name resolution through a DNS server must be possible refer to Using names for IP addresses The log on and authentication parameters at the e mail server are known To obtain this information contact your network administrator Topic Page Configuration file EMAIL email ini 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeetneeeeeeneeeee 308 Section SMTP hens E A RE NTL 309 Section POPS en ana A T RS 311 Section DEFAULT enn E A 313 Configuration file ExampleS sssseeesssesesrnesssrnssesnneesennaseennearannaanenneenannaaena 314 307 9 Programming Configuration file EMAIL email ini Introduction The configuration of the e mail client in the controller is based on the contents of the file EMAIL email ini The JC 940MC reads the val
289. sk lt lt 1 End While End_ Loop End Task 304 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Task Encode Cycle T lims Stop the sampling timer of the SSI encoder Encoder Timer 0 Read the position value from the SSI encoder Position Encoder CntValue Restart timer Encoder Timer SSItimerValue Mask the data bits Position Position Wand SSIdataMask Is a sign extension required If BitSet Position SSIsignBit Then Sign extension to 32 bits Position Position Wor SSIsignExt End If End Task Jetter AG 305 9 Programming 9 9 E mail Introduction Required programmer s skills The user creates template files for e mails Into these the controller JC 940MC can enter variables for sending if required The controller sends e mails to an e mail server which will then forward the message This chapter gives a description on how to configure the e mail feature in the JC 940MC controller and on how the controller creates and sends e mails To be able to use the e mail feature the following skills are required Since files are used to configure the e mail feature and e mails as such are based on these files the user must be familiar with the file system The user must be familiar with IP networks Contents Topic Page Configuring the E mail feature cc eee eeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeetnaeeeeee 307 Creating C alll Sica esi tatiees
290. smission this connection will be used Setting up and clearing down the connection is therefore not required Cyclical data transmission is made through the configurable function RemoteScan The inputs and outputs 20001 through 36000 that are combined in the 16 bit registers 278000 through 278999 are cyclically transmitted from and to the Modbus TCP servers Only one connection is established to each Modbus TCP server IP address and port irrespective of the number of communication units which have been configured on this server If several communication units are configured on one Modbus TCP server accesses are serialized since servers often do not support command pipelining If several servers have been configured communication is carried out in parallel Register Inputs and outputs 278000 20001 20016 278001 20017 20032 278002 20033 20048 278999 35985 36000 These registers and the inputs and outputs mapped to them are merely storage cells within the RAM There is no direct mapping to the hardware Therefore it is not defined whether inputs or outputs are mapped to a register Assignment is made not until configuration in the communication units takes place Jetter AG JC 940MC Unit ID Restriction Outdated system functions JetSym STX functions Programming The instruction header of a Modbus TCP telegram contains a Unit ID The Unit ID is not evaluated by Modbus TCP devices as they can be add
291. stem bus If a digital input is set at the second JX2 system bus the corresponding output is activated for 100 ms Var Lights Array 8 Of Bool At QX 201100309 HighSpeed Bool At SIX 201200601 End Var Task RunningLight Autorun Var Idx Int End Var Loop For Idx 0 To 7 Bo Lights Idx True If HighSpeed Then Delay T 100ms Else Delay T 300ms End If Lights Idx False End For End Loop End Task 166 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Setup pane The JetSym setup window displays the state of inputs and outputs Hame Humber Content Type a 21 Lights 201100309 jarray 8 H Lights 0 201100309 0 Se H Lights 1 201100310 0 1 H Lights 2 201100311 1 a H Lights 3 201100312 0 Lights 4 201100313 0 Lights 5 201100314 0 Lights 6 201100315 0 Lights 7 201100316 0 ighSpeed 201200601 1 Sa J 2 a Description Function Present state of outputs The outputs are set and reset one after another Present state of the When the input is set the corresponding output output is activated for 100 ms Jetter AG 167 9 Programming Flags Introduction Properties of user flags Properties of overlaid user flags Properties of special flags Memory access 168 Flags are one bit operands This means they can either have the value TRUE or FALSE Global variables which are assigned to permanent addresses MX Non volatile Quantity 256 F
292. ster that is not Inputs outputs supported Bit 2 Flag 2274 20001 Virtual I Os for RemoteScan Timeout when monitoring a JX SIO module 36000 Bit 3 Flag 2275 20SJ00101 JX6 IO16CB JX SIO module is not ready for operation 20SJ00108 Bit 4 Flag 2276 20SJOxx01 JX2 modules xx 02 32 Overflow during a read access to a 32 bit 20SJ0xx16 JX3 modules via JX3 BN CAN xx 02 17 register 1nnn01xx01 JX3 modules via JX3 BN ETH Bit 5 Flag 2277 1nnn01xx16 GNN nnn 000 199 Selecting the upper 8 bits for 32 bit write xx 02 17 access to JX SIO registers 32 combined inputs 20SJ02760 Max number of I O update retries 20SJ02761 Index of array of I O retry counters prea 0E reais 20SJ02762 Array of I O retry counters i000 or 401 pe 109 116 201 208 209 216 20SJ02763 Timeout for I O update of I O modules ms 4001 109 116 201 208 209 216 301 308 20SJ02764 Timeout for register access to I O modules ms 4002 201 208 209 216 301 308 309 316 20SJ02765 Timeout for register access to JX2 slave modules ms 4003 209 216 301308 309 316 401 408 20SJ02995 Bootloader version of JX2 system bus interface 4004 301 308 309 316 401 408 409 416 4005 309 316 401 408 409 416 501 508 4006 401 408 409 416 501 508 509 516 20SJ03xx0 Registers on I O modules 4007 409 416 501 508 509 516 601 608 20SJ03xx9 xx I O module number 2 00 22 4008 501 508 509 516 601 608 609 616 4009 509 516 601 608 609 616 701 708 4010 601
293. sters remanent Related topics Setting the IP address via config ini file see page 82 Setting the IP address during runtime see page 95 Jetter AG 87 4 Mounting and installation Changing the IP address of the controller JC 940MC via JetIPScan Introduction Download of the program JetIPScan Contents of the jetipscan_1 08 01 zip Possible commands of the software JetIPScan Prerequisites The program JetIPScan changes the IP address subnet mask and the IP address of the default gateway of the controller JC 940MC Yet this only applies to the Ethernet port ETH 1 Jetter AG provide the program JetIPScan on their homepage http www jetter de You can find the file jetipscan_1 08 01 zip via Industrie Automation Support Downloads 06_software 30_sonstiges jetipscan The zip file jetipscan_1 08 01 zip contains the following files The program JetIPScanV1 08_01 exe The help jetipscan_01_help_en png Abatch file read_IP_via_JETIPSCAN bat to determine the IP address Abatch file write_IP_via_JETIPSCAN_10_150 bat to set IP address 192 168 10 150 for the controller The batch files start the program JetIPScan The files are unzipped to the folder jetipscan_1 08 01 Microsoft Windows Version 6 1 76001 Copyright lt c 2009 Microsoft Corporation Alle Rechte vorbehalten Schnittste Llen Jet IPScan etIPScan_1_68_ 1 JetIPScanU1 68_ 1 exe WJetIPScan Version 1 68 Illegal parameter P
294. stration of users Structure of the file System users ini Sections The configuration file System users ini lets you manage the user administration for the file system If you want to use names for the keys you must make them known to the device beforehand Therefore set up the names first as described in Setting up names for keys locks see page 128 To manage user administration proceed as follows Action Reboot the device Result The changed user administration settings are now enabled This configuration file is a text file the entries of which are grouped into several sections For each user a separate section is to be created In these sections values can be set which are then used by the file system You can insert blank lines as required The following characters precede a comment line or The sections are named USER1 through USER33 Here the user name and the related password as well as read and write permissions are specified Example USER4 NAME TestUser3 PW testpass READKEYS 5 openLock2 10 11 WRITEKEYS openLock2 10 11 SYSKEYS Jetter AG 123 6 File system 124 NAME In the given example Description Allowed values In case of illegal value or missing entry PW In the given example Description Allowed values In case of missing entry READKEYS In the given example Description Allowed values In case of
295. subscriptions 250x10 250x11 Registers for administration of one subscription 250x20 250x30 Registers for configuring one subscription 254001 254003 Registers for error detection o 255000 255004 Registers for administration of all publications 255x10 255x11 Registers for administration of one publication 255x20 255x30 Registers for configuring one publication Flag 2080 Enable for publishing an error Flag 2081 Error collection of the subscriber x 0 9 Availability Administration and configuration registers are available as follows For subscriptions and publications 10 arrays for administration and configuration registers are available The register arrays differ by the hundred s place of the respective register number The placeholder x indicates the number of the register array Value range of x 0 9 External clients use register array x 1 such as JetSym with visualization and PCOMX protocol STX functions use register array x 0 In order to gain faster access to individual publish subscribe administration registers several register arrays are at your disposal There are individual publish subscribe IDs to be called in each register array Jetter AG 229 9 Programming Registers for administration of all subscriptions Subscriber status Subscriber command There are several registers available which go with all subscriptions Register N
296. t If register 104550 has got value 0 the command has been executed successfully The route settings are active Step La Ez 3 _ Enter the desired subnet mask into register 104554 em Ea 100 Jetter AG JC 940MC Example Related topics Jetter AG Mounting and installation The JC 940MC is connected with your in house network for example via its ETH 2 port and a router JetControl 940MC ETH 2 IP 192 168 6 10 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Route IP 192 168 20 0 Route mask 255 255 254 0 Route gateway 192 168 6 1 IP 192 168 6 1 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Router IP 192 168 20 100 Subnet mask 255 255 254 0 In house network The JC 940MC transmits frames to addresses within the subnets 192 168 20 xxx and 192 168 21 xxx The route set in the JC 940MC connects these with your in house network via router Setting the IP address via registers to be remanent see page 91 Setting the IP address during runtime see page 95 101 JC 940MC Initial commissioning 5 Initial commissioning Purpose of this chapter Prerequisites Contents Jetter AG The first part of this chapter gives a compact description of the initial commissioning of the controller JC 940MC and covers the following functions Creation and execution of a program which increments a variable This chapter covers the initial commissioning of the bus node JX3 BN ETH with the aid of the following steps Co
297. t the server terminates the connection with the longest time of inactivity If the server is not to terminate any of the existing connections proceed as follows 4 Enter value 0 into MR 1 If the server is to terminate the connection that has been inactive the longest time proceed as follows 4 Enter value 1 into MR 2 2 Enter value 1 into MR 1 If the server is to terminate a connection after a set minimum time of inactivity proceed as follows a Enter the minimum time ms into MR 2 2 Enter value 1 into MR 1 If the set minimum value has not been exceeded yet the server rejects the new connection If the server is to terminate any of the existing connections proceed as follows 4 Enter value 2 into MR 1 Ea Enter value 1 into MR 2 Jetter AG 261 9 Programming Terminating all If the server is to terminate all existing connections which have exceeded the connections which minimum time of inactivity proceed as follows exceed the minimum time of inactivity Le Enter the minimum time ms into MR 2 ea Enter value 1 into MR 2 262 Jetter AG JC 940MC Register Register numbers Programming The register numbers to be used are calculated by adding and the controller dependent basic register number and the module register number Controller server Basic register number Register numbers JC 24x JetIP TCP 2755 2755 2757 JC 340 JC 350 230000 230
298. t 5e shielded 60854512 Patch cable 1 1 2 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 60854514 Patch cable 1 1 5 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 60854515 Patch cable 1 1 10 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielded 44 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Ethernet port ETH 3 jack X16 Devices to connect with Jack X16 lets you connect the following devices jack X16 Ethernet cable to a hub switch or router Ethernet cable to a PC Ethernet cable to an HMI by Jetter AG Ethernet cable to any device Asynchronous Port ETH 3 only allows asynchronous transmission of the data packets transmission Synchronous transmission of the data packets is not allowed Therefore reasonable communication via Ethernet with a JX3 BN ETH or with a JetMove 200 ETH for example is not possible Position of jack X16 X15 X63X64 E U U Tie SS anen U ESE T 7 ARG H E a a AN 3 Technical specifications aoe Parameter Description RJ45 Ethernet jack One port per connector 10 MBit s 100 MBit s Cat 5e Yes Jetter AG 45 4 Mounting and installation Cables for jack X16 For connecting devices to jack X16 you can order the
299. t accident prevention regulations Accepted safety rules EC guidelines and other country specific regulations Intended conditions of Usage according to the intended conditions of use implies operation in use accordance with this User Manual The controller JC 940MC is used to control machinery such as conveyors production machines and handling machines Operate the controller JC 940MC only within the limits and conditions set forth in the technical specifications The operating voltage of the controller JC 940MC is classified as SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage Therefore the JC 940MC controller is not subject to the EU Low Voltage Directive Usage other than The device must not be used in technical systems which to a high degree intended have to be fail safe such as for example in ropeways and airplanes The JC 940MC is no safety related part as per Machinery Directive 2006 42 EC This device is not qualified for safety relevant applications and must therefore NOT be used to protect persons If you intend to operate the device at ambient conditions not being in conformity with the permitted operating conditions please contact Jetter AG beforehand Personnel qualification Depending on the life cycle of the product the persons involved must possess different qualifications These qualifications are required to ensure proper handling of the device in the corresponding life cycle Product life cycle Minimum qualification
300. t number for debugger IP port number for JetIP Password of the user admin Password of the user system Jetter AG 17 4 Mounting and installation Determining the IP address of the controller JC 940MC Introduction Download of the program JetiPScan Contents of the jetipscan_1 08 01 zip Prerequisites 78 The program JetIPScan determines the IP address subnet mask and the IP address of the default gateway of the controller JC 940MC Yet this only applies to the Ethernet port ETH 1 Jetter AG provide the program JetIPScan on their homepage http www jetter de You can find the file jetipscan_1 08 01 zip via Industrie Automation Support Downloads 06_software 30_sonstiges jetipscan The zip file jetipscan_1 08 01 zip contains the following files The program JetIPScanV1 08_01 exe The help jetipscan_01_help_en png Abatch file read_IP_via_JETIPSCAN bat to determine the IP address Abatch file write_IP_via_JETIPSCAN_10_150 bat to set IP address 192 168 10 150 for the controller The batch files start the program JetIPScan The files are unzipped to the folder jetipscan_1 08 01 First an Ethernet connection between the PC and the controller JC 940MC must be established Then launch the JetIPScan program on your PC for example via the batch file read_IP_via_JETIPSCAN bat Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Determining the IP address Step 1 gt To determine the
301. ta 10 2 The file autocopy ini Introduction File structure Sections Contents 378 This chapter covers the structure of the file autocopy ini and the available commands This command file of the AutoCopy function is a text file the entries of which are grouped into several sections In these sections you can set values then used by the AutoCopy function You can insert blank lines as required Introduce comment marks by oder The command file has two section types Inthe OPTIONS section you can make default settings This file is unique Inthe COMMAND_ section you can specify the commands that are to be executed The number of command section is limited to a value of 128 Topic Page Section OPTIONS onnsa aa aaa aandaa aa aaar a 379 Command SECHIONS assonnate aka eTa a AENA AEAEE ARTE 380 Example of a command file Jetter AG JC 940MC Section OPTIONS Introduction Automatic copying of controller data In the OPTIONS section you can make default settings This section exists only once preferably at the beginning of the file OPTIONS CommandCount 14 Example LogAppend 1 Elements of this section CommandCount In the given example Description Allowed values Illegal values In case of illegal value or missing entry LogFile In the given example Description Allowed values Illegal values In case of illegal value or missing entry L
302. ta are to be received via a TCP IP connection you can invoke the function and assign the return value of a variable for further evaluation as follows Result ConnectionReceiveData hConnection Dummy Dummy ReceiveBuffer sizeof ReceiveBuffer T 10s When using TCP IP data are sent via a previously opened connection Therefore specification of the IP address and IP port is not required any more and can be ignored in the function In the following situations the task is not processed further after issuing the command Until the data have been received Until an error has occurred In case of a TCP IP connection data are transmitted as data stream The device JC 940MC processes this function in the following steps Step Description 1 The device JC 940MC waits until data have been received but no longer than the specified timeout 2 Li cas then the timeout has elapsed or the the function is exited and an error connection has been terminated message is issued data have been received they are copied to the receiving buffer given along with the data but not exceeding the amount given along with the data Then the function continues with stage 3 3 If then more data have been received than these are buffered by the JC 940MC could have been copied into the to be fetched by further function receiving buffer calls 4 The function is exited and the number of data which have been copie
303. tallation Removing the controller JC 940MC Removal To remove the controller JC 940MC proceed as follows pa Remove power from the controller JC 940MC 2 Unscrew the four fitting bolts by half of their length 3 Remove the controller JC 940MC from the fitting bolts Related topics Installing the controller JC 940MC see page 72 Jetter AG 73 4 Mounting and installation 4 7 Battery replacement Introduction This chapter describes the technical key data to be considered when replacing batteries on a controller by Jetter AG Liability Jetter AG recommend to return the controller always to Jetter AG to have the batteries replaced The user is responsible for carrying out a complete data backup application programs and user registers Jetter AG assume no liability for any battery replacement which has not been carried out by Jetter AG Notes Observe the rules for handling ESD sensitive components while replacing the battery Polarity reversal of the battery will damage the controller The rated voltage of the batteries is 3 0 V 10 The batteries are integrated residing in an intermediate socket Contents Topic Page Removing the battery of the controller JC 940MC 0 eceeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 75 74 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Removing the battery of the controller JC 940MC Real time clock registers The battery buffers the real time clock The lifetime i
304. ter 101200 ip address RS 101200 1062729066 Register 101201 subnet mask RS 101201 54 2 Register 101264 JetIP port number RS 101264 51000 Register 101299 write to configuration memory RS 101299 2002149714 The configuration memory see page 80 Copying controller data automatically see page 371 94 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Setting the IP address during runtime Introduction Important note Prerequisites Register overview Setting IP addresses and subnet mask The IP interface is initialized by the settings in the configuration memory during the boot process The following settings can also be changed via registers to be non remanent IP address of the controller Subnet mask IP address of default gateway The settings made during runtime do not change the parameters in the configuration memory At de energizing the controller your settings will be lost While settings are being made there is no communication via IP interface Otherwise this would lead to a loss of data The values entered are valid e g by including a validity check in the application program If you set the parameters during runtime of the controller they will not be checked O s eT Pees toes em Surem OOO ro4ss9 ETH TEIP adress ot defaut gateway O own O mes emade OOO O O O msa emase O anasa ETH IP adress of default gateway For changing the IP addresses and th
305. ter AG 53 4 Mounting and installation Line length and baud rate of the JX2 system bus Cable lengths Rules for calculating the stub length The maximum cable length depends on the baud rate used and the number of expansion modules connected to the bus Baud rate Cable length Stub length Total stub length When engineering the line length follow the rules listed below Each non intelligent JX2 I O module connected to the system bus reduces the maximum line length by 1 0 m Each connected intelligent JX2 I O slave module reduces the maximum line length by 1 0 m Each JetMove reduces the maximum line length by 1 0 m Each connected IP67 I O module reduces the maximum line length by 1 0m Baud rate The baud rate setting depends on the number of modules connected to the JX2 system bus JX2 I 0 modules JX SIO 1 000 500 250 125 JX2 slave modules CANopen kBaud kBaud kBaud kBaud JetMove modules a ee ee 54 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation 4 3 Local JX6 I O submodules connected via PCI bus Introduction Possible number of local JX6 1 0 submodules Pluggable modules Expandability Contents Jetter AG This chapter describes the local JX6 I O submodules of the controller JC 940MC connected via PCI bus At the PCI bus up to two local JX6 I O submodules can be connected The controller JC 940MC is available either without or with one module board Into each module board two l
306. ter test 104 Resetting the configuration register 122 Waiting for communication OFF 123 Waiting for communication ON 160 Task switch on I O access OFF 161 Task switch on I O access ON 301 Saving the flash disk drive 310 Loading the configuration data 311 Load ModConfig de 312 Load configuration for Ethernet system 313 oa Ethernet system bus 330 JetIPScan client OFF 331 JetIPScan client ON System status register bit coded Bit 0 1 Task switch on I O access Bit 1 1 Without waiting for communication Bit 2 1 JetIPScan client is ON Password for start delay 0x424f6f74 Delay time in 100 ms Error history Status Error history Command Error history Number of entries Error history Index Error history Entry 202987 202988 203000 203005 203100 203107 203108 203123 203124 203131 203132 203147 209700 209701 209739 Error history Stop error code Error history Stop error code Threshold Interface monitoring JetIP Interface monitoring Debug server 32 bit overlaying Flag 0 255 16 bit overlaying Flag 0 255 32 bit overlaying Flag 2048 2303 16 bit overlaying Flag 2048 2303 System logger Global enable Enabling system components Application program 210000 210001 210004 210006 210007 210008 210009 210011 210050 210051 210056 210057 210058 210060 210061 210063 210064 210065 210070 210071 210072
307. the IP address Select the tab Bus Node As GNN 2 enter the Global Node Number of the device The number has to match the settings of the DIP switch at the device Jetter AG 245 9 Programming Setting the DIP switch sliders at the JX3 BN ETH Position of the DIP switch sliders at the JX3 BN ETH Compare program Download 246 The settings of DIP switch sliders 9 through 12 activate remanent storage of the assigned network parameters in the config ini file Set DIP switch slider 9 to ON and DIP switch sliders 10 through 12 to OFF The settings of DIP switch sliders 1 through 8 are for configuring the IP address The coding is binary Examples GNN 4 Switch 3 is set to ON All other DIP switch sliders are set to OFF GNN 5 DIP switch sliders 1 and 3 are set to ON All other DIP switch sliders are set to OFF GNN 8 Switch 4 is set to ON All other DIP switch sliders are set to OFF The illustration below shows the position of the DIP switch sliders Lien fA GHG Bo BG 8b on TAA At VIII ILI LILY a a r a 34 50 6107 89 9 10514 12 nami GHHHHEHHHEH When you have set all parameters in Hardware Mana
308. these variables The Hardware Manager sets the status register and the measured values as process data This example describes how to access a module register of the peripheral module Jetter AG 193 9 Programming Software versions E C i a O S E Ge a oe C E 1 fe c with JetSym a JX3 BN ETH Bus nodes JX3 Al4 Peripheral module with analog inputs JC 9xx Controller Task Status register of input 1 is to be retrieved using NetCopy Solution The command NetCopy copies the content of MR 1100 on the JX3 Al4 module into a variable The register number of the peripheral module is seen from the perspective of the JX3 BN ETH ji fo fo x with First module at the JX3 BN ETH zzzz 1100 Status registers of the JX3 Al4 The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 Bus node JX3 BN ETH of OS version 1 18 For more up to date sample programs please refer to the JetSym online help 194 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming JetSym STX program Var n Get Int End Var a Task t_FromReg Autorun Content of MR 1100 is now in variable n Get Loop Requ
309. time clock from the JX3 BN ETH to R 236001 Incase of read access to R 1001980001 read now the IP seconds of the real time clock on the JX3 BN ETH Write access to R 1001980ppp is also possible 200 Jetter AG JC 940MC Software versions JetSym STX program Programming Index Reg Value Content Reg 236 000 101200 1001980000 192 168 10 16 236 001 102911 001980001 236 002 1001980002 236 199 1001980199 ppp 000 199 GNN 000 199 The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 Bus node JX3 BN ETH of OS version 1 18 For more up to date sample programs please refer to the JetSym online help Var Controller with GNN 000 Bus node with GNN 001 see Hardware Manager IP AdrContr Int At SVL 235000 IP_BusNode Int At VL 235001 PortNr Contr Int At SVL 235400 PortNr_ BusNode Int At SVL 235401 IndexRegl Int At SVL 236000 IndexReg2 Int At VL 236001 ContentRegl Int At VL 1001980000 ContentReg2 Int At SVL 1001980001 End Var Task JX3_ BN ETH Access Autorun Initialization IP AdrContr IP 192 168 10 10 IP_BusNode IP 192 168 10 15 PortNr Contr 50000 PortNr BusNode 50000 Access to IP addresses of the JX3 BN ETH R101200 IndexRegl 101200 Now index register 1 points to the register IP address of the JX3 B
310. tte Padres amaa eH 2 Sateroue ofte subnetmask O man Emz sacroueottegaeny O ima em Saterue otte Padres tor225 ETH 2 Sateroue ofthe subnetmask O maa em Sateroue ottegtoney O ma Hostnamesuicype OO 101233 through Host name 101251 Jetter AG 91 4 Mounting and installation Setting IP addresses and subnet mask Setting the default gateway 92 101264 Port number for JetIP 101265 Port number for STX debugger 101299 Saving the settings 0x77566152 For changing of the IP addresses the subnet mask and the default gateway of the Ethernet port ETH 1 to be remanent proceed as follows Sep tom For this write value 2002149714 0x77566152 to register 101299 Boot the controller JC 940MC Result The settings are completed Communication is possible again To set the IP address the subnet mask and the default gateway of the Ethernet ports ETH 2 and ETH 3 proceed accordingly Only one default gateway can be set at a time If in the configuration memory of the configuration several default gateways are set the controller uses the first default gateway that having got a value unequal 0 0 0 0 which it finds The controller proceeds in the sequence of the ports To set the default gateway on the Ethernet port ETH 2 proceed as follows Enter the value 0 0 0 0 into register 101202 Enter the desired IP address of the default gateway into register 101212 To have the controller take o
311. tter Ethernet system bus and compares the scanned hardware with the really set hardware Scan Hardware IP address mask 192 168 10 Scanning completed Scanned Hardware Current Hardware a 8 192 168 10 15 i JC 940MC S JX3 BN ETH ii CPU PPT UxS Al4 PP JX2 Bus Carrier E 8 192 168 10 170 E il JC 340MC iit cPU PP JX2 Bus Carrier In the window Scanned Hardware click the name of the controller In this example it is JC 940MC The Hardware Manager has the tree of the controller JC 940MC displayed in the bottom window Drag the entire tree of the JX3 BN ETH into the lower window by Drag and Drop Jetter AG 211 9 Programming The Hardware Manager has the tree of the controller JX3 BN ETH displayed in the bottom window Scan Hardware IP address mask 192 168 10 Scanning completed Scanned Hardware Current Hardware a 192 168 10 15 S F JC 340MC fj JX3 BN ETH fi CPU TPI UX3 4l4 TPI JX2 Bus Carrier a 192 168 10 170 S F JC 940MC fei CPU TPI JX2 Bus Carrier E Ail JC 940MC fi CPU PP JX2 Bus Carrier Ej Hil JX3 BN ETH PHI UXSAl4 Click the button Submit The window closes The Hardware Manager has taken over the hardware parameters Hardware E JC940MC_PubSub System ay Release ay Hardware Sy Network SH JC 940MC jit CPU PPI JX2 Bus Carrier Gy ETH Systembus 5 JX3 BN ETH 001 Ppl UX3 Al4 w ETH Systemb
312. tus This register lets you read out the status when adding or deleting routes during runtime Register properties Reading values o No error 1 Routing table is full 2 Entry not found 3 Port is not active 4 TCP IP stack not initialized Command This command lets you define whether you want to add or delete a route Register properties Writing values 1 Add route 2 Delete route Port number Use this register to define the Ethernet port Jetter AG 99 4 Mounting and installation R 104553 R 104554 R 104555 Setting a static route Register properties Writing values 1 ETH 1 X14 2 ETH 2 X15 ETH 3 X16 IP address of the static route Enter the IP address of the route into this register Register properties Writing values 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 Subnet mask of the static route Enter the number of the subnet mask of the route into this register Register properties Writing values 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 Gateway of the static route Enter the gateway IP address of the route into this register Register properties Writing values 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 To either add the route to the routing table or delete it from there during runtime proceed as follows Enter the port number into register 104552 Enter the desired IP address into register 104553 Enter the desired IP address of the Gateway into register 104555 Enter the command into register 104551 Resul
313. tween the former and the actual system configuration It assigns the new system properties to the respective places Possible system properties are Network parameters IP address port number subnet mask default gateway Parameter data Configuration data The JetSym Hardware Manager generates the configuration and parameter data and transfers them to JetControl through the feature Compare program Download The NetConsistency feature supplies a NetConsistency master defined in the system Only a JetControl can be a NetConsistency master Jetter AG 239 9 Programming Availability NetConsistency is available for the following product versions Ethernet axis JM xxx JM 2xx OEM Ethernet axis MC JM xxx JM 2xx OEM Contents Topic Page NetConsistency fUNCtON isisi a aR E AT A 241 Assigning the network parameters dependent on the GNN 05 243 Activating and deactivating JetIPScan in JetControl eeeeeeeeeeees 247 Program run at system launch 00 eee ceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 248 Register description NetConsistency basic driver cceeeeeeeeteeeeeees 249 Register description of the NetConsistency instance 0 ccceeeeeeeeee 257 Error evaluation at NetConsistency 00 cceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 258 240 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming NetConsistency function Restrictions Function System launch of the bus nodes
314. uded in the scope of delivery of the controller JC 940MC Jetter AG 39 4 Mounting and installation Terminal ae Technology Screw terminal Screwdriver SZS 0 6 x 3 5 AWG 12 24 Single conductor 0 2 mm 2 5 mm Flexible conductor 0 2 mm 2 5 mm With wire end ferrule 0 25 mm 2 5 mm Wire end ferrule with sleeve 0 25 mm 2 5 mm 40 Jetter AG JC 940MC Mounting and installation Ethernet port ETH 1 jack X14 Devices to connect with jack X14 Position of jack X14 Technical specifications Other than with jack X15 and X16 the Ethernet system bus from Jetter AG is implemented in jack X14 Jack X14 lets you connect the following devices rm4m Ethernet cable to a hub switch or router Ethernet cable to a PC Ethernet cable to an HMI by Jetter AG Ethernet cable to a JX3 BN ETH or a JetMove 200 ETH Ethernet cable to any device y Description 4 Jack X14 Ethernet port RJ45 Ethernet jack One port per connector 10 MBit s 100 MBit s Cat 5e 1 000 MBit s Cat 6 Jetter AG 41 4 Mounting and installation Cables for jack X14 For connecting devices to jack X14 you can order the following cables 60537500 Patch cable 1 1 1 m gray Hirose Cat 5e shielde
315. ues during the boot process only File structure This configuration file is a text file the entries of which are grouped into several sections These sections are for entering values which are then used by the e mail client You can insert blank lines as required The following characters precede a comment line or Sections The configuration file contains up to three sections Section SMTP is mandatory The user does not need to create the other sections unless they are actually required Section Configuration values SMTP P address and port number of the SMTP server Log on parameters POP3 P address and port number of the POP3 server Log on parameters DEFAULT Name of an e mail template file containing default values 308 Jetter AG JC 940MC Section SMTP Introduction Example Authentication Configuration values Programming In this section specify the parameters for establishing a connection with the SMTP server SMTP IP 192 168 40 1 PORT 25000 HELO JetControl 2 USER JetControl0815 PASSWORD MyPassWord This type of authentication requires the JC 940MC to log on at the SMTP server before sending an e mail During the logon process USER and PASSWORD have to be entered The JC 940MC supports the following authentication methods LOG ON PLAIN CRAM MD5 IP In the given example Description Allowed values Il
316. unction must be initialized each time the application program is launched Function ConnectionInitialize Int The following return value is possible Return value 0 Always The function is used and its return value assigned to a variable for further utilization in the following way Result ConnectionInitialize The device JC 940MC processes this function in the following steps Sep Description O The device JC 940MC closes all open connections of the user programmable IP interface The device JC 940MC initializes all OS internal data structures of the user programmable IP interface Establishing a connection see page 346 Terminating a connection see page 355 Sending data see page 350 Receiving data see page 352 Jetter AG 345 9 Programming Establishing a connection Introduction Function declaration Function parameters Return value 346 Before data can be sent or received a connection has to be established Here the following criteria have to be discerned m Which transaction log TCP or UDP has to be used ls it aclient or a server that has to be installed Function ConnectionCreate ClientServerType Int IPType Int IPAddr Int LPPorti int Timeout Int Int Description of the function parameters Parameter ClientServerType a 1 CONNTYPE_CLIENT Server 2 CONNTYPE_SERVER IPType UDP IP 1 IPTYPE_UDP TCP IP 2 IPTYPE_TCP IPAddr V
317. us Motion Control Functions ipl Hardware Ba Setup B Fies 10 Check the result of the automatic hardware scan 212 Jetter AG JC 940MC Advice on publish subscribe Software versions JetSym STX program File ModConfig da Programming When testing peripheral modules observe the following rule f you change the configuration always write the changed configuration to the connected devices by clicking Download all Configurations To maintain communication via the Ethernet system bus there must be an active minimum program running in JetSym The setup pane displays correct data for example if a minimum program is running in the controller If you write a minimum program without endless loop publish subscribe access does not work properly The task is run through once and then stopped by TaskBreak The sample program has been tested for compliance with the following software versions JetSym version 5 1 Controller JC 940MC OS version 1 05 Bus node JX3 BN ETH of OS version 1 18 For more up to date sample programs please refer to the JetSym online help Task Main Autorun Do not forget Loop Do not do anything Only for testing purposes Please refer to changes made in JetSym setup End Loop Pies End Task When you download the configuration files the Hardware Manager transfers the file ModConfig da to the controller The OS of the controller loads this file w
318. utoCopy feature Introduction Prerequisites Activating the AutoCopy feature The AutoCopy function can only be executed when the controller is booting i e after startup You have created the command file and stored it to the respective directory File name autocopy ini All lower case letters USB1 Root directory on the USB flash drive To start the AutoCopy function proceed as follows EM Switch the controller off 2 Set the mode selector S11 to LOAD position Switch the controller on Wait for the yellow LED D1 to be lit and for the green LED RUN to flash slowly by approximately 1 Hz Wait for the yellow LED D1 to be lit and for the green LED RUN to flash fast by approximately 4 Hz Result The AutoCopy function is set Result The controller executes the AutoCopy function 374 Jetter AG JC 940MC Automatic copying of controller data Executing AutoCopy commands Introduction Restrictions Executing AutoCopy commands LEDs of the JC 940MC in AutoCopy mode During the boot process in AutoCopy mode the controller executes the commands contained in the command file In AutoCopy mode the following restrictions of controller functions apply The controller does not execute the application program Communication with the controller is not possible After terminating the AutoCopy function restart of the controller is required The OS of the controller processes the AutoCopy functi
319. uts 0 No error 1 Error in at least one output Jetter AG 291 9 Programming MR 103 Module register properties Values 0 128 Value after reset 128 The following errors are recognized The voltage of the 24 V output supply is too low Short circuit of the output Overloading of the output Control register Via the control register you can configure the JX6 I O module Meaning of the individual bits Bit 0 Bit 7 in output register MR 101 0 The error state of the digital outputs is stored to bit 7 of MR 101 1 The state of output 8 is stored to bit 7 of MR 101 when reading Bit 1 Behavior at errors of digital outputs 0 In case of an error only the faulty output is switched off 1 In case of an error all outputs are switched off Bit 3 2 Filter interval for the error signal of the outputs 00 1 5 2 0 ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Module register properties Value after reset 1 292 Jetter AG JC 940MC MR 104 Filter interval of inputs 1 to 4 Programming Write the filter interval for inputs 1 to 4 to this register Two bits of this register have been assigned to each input Meaning of the individual bits Bit 1 0 Bit 3 2 Bit 5 4 Bit 7 6 Filter interval of input 1 00 1 5 2 0 ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx 0 1 ms 11 approx 0 02 ms Filter interval of input 2 00 1 5 2 0 ms 01 0 4 0 5 ms 10 approx
320. ver the values enter the password that is needed For this write value 2002149714 0x77566152 to register Boot the controller JC 940MC Jetter AG JC 940MC Related topics Mounting and installation Result The default gateway of port ETH 2 is set The value set for the default gateway of port ETH 3 does not relate to the controller any more The configuration memory see page 80 Setting the IP address during runtime see page 95 Setting a static route see page 99 Jetter AG 93 4 Mounting and installation Setting the IP address automatically via the USB flash drive Introduction Prerequisites AutoCopy command file Data file ip setup da Related topics To have the IP configuration of the controller automatically set via a USB flash drive you can apply the function Copying controller data automatically AutoCopy For this use the registers described in the chapter Setting the remanent IP address via registers You are familiar with the AutoCopy function The example below shows a command file of the AutoCopy function OPTIONS CommandCount 1 LogFile USB1 autocopy log LogAppend 0 set registers for IP configuration COMMAND 1 Command DaFileRead DaFile USB1 ip setup da This example shows a data file by which the IP address the subnet mask and the port number for the JetIP protocol is set in the configuration memory SD101 Data File Jetter AG Regis
321. via a TCP IP connection you can invoke the function and assign the return value of a variable for further evaluation as follows Result ConnectionSendData hConnection 0 0 SendBuffer SendLen 350 Jetter AG JC 940MC Functioning principle with a TCP IP connection Using this function with a UDPIIP client Functioning principle with a UDP IP client Related topics Programming When using TCP IP data are sent via a previously opened connection Therefore specification of the IP address and IP port is not required anymore and can be ignored in the function In the following situations the task is not processed further after issuing the command Until the data are sent and receiving them has been confirmed Until an error has occurred If with a client data are to be sent via a UDP IP connection you can invoke the function and assign the return value of a variable for further evaluation as follows Result ConnectionData hConnection LP 192 168 75 123 46000 SendBuffer SendLen With UDP IP there is no connection between two given network clients Therefore with each function call data can be sent to another client or another port The task will pause at the command until the data are sent You will not get any acknowledgment of the remote network client having received the data Initializing the user programmable IP interface see page 345 Establishing a connection see p
322. which the FTP server is to connect for the next file transfer TYPE Sets the transfer type the following types are possible Type Awith interpretation N Type Type L with 8 bits per character MODE Sets the transfer mode here only S stream is possible STRU Sets the file structure when transferring data here only F file is possible NLST Returns a list containing the file names of a directory LIST Returns a list containing the file names and file information of a directory Deletes a file Indicates the file name to be changed Command RNFR must be followed by RNTO Indicates the new name of the file which has been selected by the command RNFR before The FTP server enters into passive mode Reads a file i i Jetter AG 141 7 FTP server Example Windows FTP client Task Carry out the following tasks using an FTP client for example the one which comes with Windows XP Launch the FTP client by opening a connection and entering the IP address Log in as user admin with password admin Displaying the content of the current directory using dir Transferring the file jetter1 jpg to the JetControl using the command put Displaying the content of the current directory using dir Terminating the session and the FTP client using bye Action C gt ftp 192 168 186 268 Nerbindung mit 192 168 180 208 wurde hergestellt 226 JETTER FIP Server V1 5 22 10 2007 192 168 16 208 lt none
323. xcluded The JC 940MC contains electrostatically sensitive components which can be damaged if not handled properly To exclude damages to the JC 940MC during transport it must be shipped in its original packaging or in packaging protecting against electrostatic discharge Use an appropriate outer packaging to protect the JC 940MC against impact or shock Incase of damaged packaging inspect the device for any visible damage Inform your freight forwarder and Jetter AG When storing the JC 940MC observe the environmental conditions given in the technical specification The operator is not allowed to repair the device The device does not contain any parts that could be repaired by the operator If the device needs repairing please send it to Jetter AG When disposing of devices the local environmental regulations must be complied with Jetter AG 13 1 Safety instructions Instructions on EMC Noise immunity of a The noise immunity of a system is determined by the weakest component of system the system For this reason correct wiring and shielding of cables is of paramount importance Measures Measures for increasing EMI in electric plants Also refer to Application Note 016 EMC compatible installation of electric cabinets by Jetter AG The following instructions are excerpts from Application Note 016 Physically separate signal and power lines Jetter AG recommend spacing greater than 20 cm Cables and l
324. y means of STX variables Only one connection is established to each Modbus TCP server IP address and port irrespective of the number of communication units which have been configured on this server If several communication units are configured on one Modbus TCP server accesses are serialized since servers often do not support command pipelining If several servers have been configured communication is carried out in parallel Unit ID Converters from Modbus TCP to Modbus RTU use the Unit ID for addressing the Modbus RTU servers For this reason the Unit ID can be set 340 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming JetSym STX functions The JetSym STX functions have been described in detail in the online help of JetSym System function Corresponding JetSym STX function eo Function ModbusCRCgen FramePtr Int Length Int Int Function ModbusCRCcheck FramePtr Int Length Int Int 65 67 Function ModbusReadReg Const Ref MbParam MODBUS_PARAWM Int 66 68 Function ModbusWriteReg Const Ref MbParam MODBUS_PARAWM Int 80 85 Function RemoteScanConfig Protocol RSCAN_PROTOCOL Elements Int Const Ref Configuration RSCAN_DSCR Int Function RemoteScanStart Protocol Int Int Function RemoteScanStop Protocol Int Int Jetter AG 341 9 Programming 9 12 User programmable IP interface The user programmable IP interface Applications Required programmer s skills Restrictions The user programmable
325. ycle time The device expects the subscription in the set time interval Properties of the maximum At the remote bus node as viewed from the local response time controller you can define a maximum response time If the response time of a subscription has elapsed an error bit is set in register R 255000 Autorun properties By clearing the check box subscription is disabled 224 Jetter AG JC 940MC Programming Advanced configuration parameter options Properties of the variables The respective advanced configuration menu lets you make the following settings Configuration aes Advanced Properties Variables Mode Cyclic me Multicast Group o Offset o ps 2 SubFromBN_o01 X ee eee eee eee The mode can be set as follows presently there is no alternative Cyclic reception of subscriptions Multicast group You can sort multicasts in groups of 0 254 Offset Subscription is offset that is itis delayed by a defined time interval Value range of the offset 0 297 1 us Hardware Manager creates subscriptions depending on connected bus nodes and peripheral devices The Variables menu of the subscription lets you make the following settings eran Active Local Name Remote Name pene nee Register Type Mask Generate Yake Yale On pica EJ see 2n 001 003 214 02 Channel BN_001_JX3_Al4 02 Channel regINT v 1

User manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents